Quarterlytics / Publishing / Future

Future

futr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker futr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Future
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
F
u
t
u
r
e
p
c

l

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
8

Annual Report 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1

Contents

Strategic report

1 

Contents

2  Group overview

3  Chairman’s statement 

5 

Future Playbook

(1) Our purpose

(2) Our strategy

(3) How we behave

(4) What we do 

14   Loyal communities – our verticals

25   Chief Executive’s review

28  Risks and uncertainties

31  Corporate responsibility

Financial review

35  Financial review  

Corporate governance

40  Board of Directors 

41  Directors’ report 

47  Corporate governance   

report 

51  Directors’ remuneration report

65 

 Independent auditors’ report 

Financial statements

71  Financial statements    

107  Notice of Annual  

General Meeting 

112  Investor information  

‘Baroness’ singer  
& guitarist John 
Baizley at the 2018 
Golden Gods Awards.

Future plc 
 
 
 
 
Group overview

Future plc is an international media group, listed on the London Stock Exchange 
(symbol: FUTR). These highlights refer to the Group’s annual results for the year ended 
30 September 2018.

2

Corporate KPIs

Revenue
£124.6m
(2017: £84.4m)

Adjusted EBITDA1
£20.7m
(2017: £11.0m)

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin
17%
(2017: 13%)

Adjusted free 
cashflow2
£17.4m
(2017: £15.3m)

Adjusted  
operating profit
£18.5m
(2017: £8.9m)

Leverage3
0.86x
(2017: 0.91x)

Adjusted EPS4
26.2p
(2017: 19.7p)

Reported operating 
profit
£5.3m
(2017: £0.8m)

Global audience5
193.4m
(2017: 85.6m)

Media division KPIs

Online users
 142.4m
(2017: 49.0m)

Magazines division KPIs

Event  
attendees 
 155k
(2017: 76k)

eCommerce  
transactions  
 3.2m
(2017: 2.0m)

Notes
 1. Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before 
share-based payments and associated social 
security costs, interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortisation, impairment of intangible assets, 
non-trading foreign exchange gains and 
exceptional items. 

2. Adjusted free cash flow is defined as adjusted 
operating cash inflow less capital expenditure. 
Adjusted operating cash inflow represents 
operating cash inflow adjusted to exclude 
cashflows relating to exceptional items.

3. Total net debt divided by EBITDA.  
4. As per note 1 above and restated for rights issue.
5. Includes online users, event attendees, 

magazine copy sales, subscribers and social 
media reach. 

Total circulation 
 1.3m
(2017: 1.0m)

Subscribers
 935k
(2017: 461k)

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report3

Richard Huntingford
Chairman

Future has had an outstanding year. The 
financial results speak volumes for the 
successful execution of the Group’s 
focused strategy in leveraging its 
specialist media platform and diversifying 
its revenue streams, both geographically 
and across its product offering.

Chairman’s statement

Dear Shareholders,

In my first year as Chairman of the Company it gives me great 
pleasure to report that Future has had an excellent year. Building 
on the stated strategy to be a global specialist media platform, 
the Group has expanded its global reach through a combination 
of organic growth, acquisitions and strategic partnerships. A 
relentless focus on producing compelling, engaging and trusted 
content has created loyal communities and market-leading 
positions for our key brands, from which we have been able 
to build diversified monetisation models with significant and 
growing revenue streams.

Our previous investment in a scalable, robust and efficient 
technology stack to provide content management systems, 
advertising optimisation systems and eCommerce platforms 
has delivered very significant financial returns during the year as 
the Group reaped the benefits of the successful integration of 
previous acquisitions.  

The transformative acquisition of Purch at the end of the financial 
year, which significantly deepens our presence in the US market, 
gives us an excellent opportunity to drive further revenue and 
profit growth over the coming years.

Board composition

Following Peter Allen’s decision to step down from the Board, I 
was delighted to be nominated as his replacement from  
1 February 2018. Over his six years as Chairman, Peter led the 
Future Board through an extraordinary period of change, both 
within the business and externally in the media and publishing 
markets, and it is testament to that leadership and guidance that 
Future finds itself in such a strong position today. On behalf of 
the Board and shareholders, I thank him for his very significant 
contribution to the Company.

There have been a number of other changes to the Board and its 
Committees during the year.

In February 2018, we were delighted to welcome Alan Newman 
to the Board as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committee. Alan brings with him significant media and PLC 
experience through his media and technology sector roles at 
Ernst & Young and KPMG and his recent nine-year tenure as Chief 
Financial Officer of YouGov plc. 

At the same time, Hugo Drayton, who has served on the Board 
and been a member of the Remuneration Committee since 
December 2014, was appointed Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. Hugo also acts as the Senior Independent Director.

Future plc4

Our people

A key focus of Future’s Board and Executive leadership team 
is our people. Future’s employees are its key asset and we 
actively try to find ways to ensure that they are supported and 
remunerated accordingly. During the year Future introduced the 
living wage within the UK business to ensure that no employee is 
paid less than this threshold. The Group remains fully committed 
to addressing gender pay differences and increasing diversity. 
Details are available in the corporate responsibility section of  
this report.

A core principle at Future is that everyone gets to share in the 
business’s success and, as a result of our strong performance 
this year, we were delighted that all staff received the maximum 
bonus in the year.

On behalf of the Board and shareholders, I would like to thank 
all our employees, old and new, for their hard work and diligence 
during a year that has seen so much change. The professionalism, 
commitment and passion for the Future cause across all areas 
of our business, has been extraordinary and fills me with great 
confidence for the next phase of our exciting growth journey.

With best wishes,

Richard Huntingford 
Chairman
12 December 2018

The transformative 
acquisition of Purch 
gives us an excellent 
opportunity to drive 
further growth in 
revenue and profit 
over the coming years.

At the end of the financial year, James Hanbury, who had served 
on the Board since October 2016 as the Non-Executive Director 
representative of Disruptive Capital, retired from the Board 
following Disruptive’s disposal of its shareholding. I would like to 
thank James for his valuable contribution to Board debate and his 
commitment to the Company during his tenure.

Most recently, we were delighted to welcome Rob Hattrell to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2018. Rob, who 
is the Vice President of eBay UK and previously held senior roles 
at Tesco and Accenture, brings with him a wealth of relevant 
eCommerce and commercial experience and will add another 
valuable dimension to the Board. 

Without doubt, our Board roles are made somewhat easier by 
two factors: a steadfast focus on a clear strategy that delivers 
results, and the diligence, energy, and enthusiasm of a dynamic 
Executive leadership team supported by a talented employee 
base. I believe that we now have a strong, high-quality Board 
that can provide the right blend of challenge and support to the 
executive management as they continue to execute the growth 
strategy that we believe will deliver significant long-term value to 
shareholders over the coming years.

Business performance 

The results speak volumes about the success of the Group’s 
strategy: £124.6m revenue up 48% on prior year; £20.7m adjusted 
EBITDA up 88% on prior year; and adjusted operating cashflow 
up 16% on prior year. As mentioned above, it is the scalability 
of Future’s global media platform that enables both this rapid 
organic and inorganic growth.

The Group made four acquisitions during the year: NewBay 
Media, a US-based information and events business, in April 2018; 
four consumer titles including What Hi-Fi? and Practical Caravan 
from Haymarket in May 2018; Australian gaming and technology 
brands including PC Powerplay in August 2018; and the Purch 
consumer business in September 2018.

Each of these acquisitions is strongly aligned to Future’s strategy, 
whether it be through geographic expansion into the US through 
NewBay and Purch, further consolidation of Future’s market-
leading consumer technology coverage through What Hi-Fi? and 
Purch’s consumer brands, or through revenue diversification with 
NewBay’s B2B brands.

Capital structure and dividends

The latest acquisition, Purch, would not have been possible 
without the considerable support of our shareholders in funding 
the acquisition through a rights issue. We were delighted that 
so many of our existing shareholders took up their rights, whilst 
also welcoming a number of new institutions to our shareholder 
register. We intend to pursue a listing on the premium 
listing segment of the Official List, subject to meeting all the 
requirements of the UKLA, in the foreseeable future.

The strong business performance this year was highly cash 
generative and as such, at the year end, the Group had net debt 
of £17.8m. As previously mentioned, the Board is delighted to 
announce the recommencement of a dividend this year and has 
proposed a final dividend of 0.5p per share payable on 15 February 
2019 to all shareholders on the register at close of business on 
18 January 2019. We aim to pursue a progressive dividend policy 
whilst optimising value for shareholders by balancing returns  
to shareholders with investment in the business to support  
future growth.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report5

Future plc

Future Playbook

At Future part of our success is a result of the alignment within 
the organisation of our purpose and strategy. To support this we 
have created the Future Playbook to capture the “rules” of the 
game at work, which is then shared with every new member of 
staff to ensure we are all aligned and focused on delivering the 
same goals. Our Playbook has six main sections:

1.   Our purpose – our vision
2.   Where we’re going – our strategy
3.   How we behave – our values 
4.  What we do – our business model
5.  What’s important right now – our current priorities
6.   Who must do what – how we get alignment 

Steps one to four are relatively fixed and underpin everything we 
do, whereas each year we undertake a company-wide review to 
determine what is important in order to ensure we execute on 
our strategy, and then who must do what within the business to 
help us deliver this in the coming 12 months. 

Below are the key elements of the first four features.

1. Our purpose

Why we exist
We change people’s lives through sharing knowledge and 
expertise with others, making it easy and fun for them to do 
what they want.

2. Our strategy  

Where we’re going
At Future we pride ourselves on the heritage of our brands and 
loyalty of our communities. Offering core expertise, we help 
dedicated enthusiasts follow their passion through high-quality 
content, unique experiences and innovative technology.

In 2016 Future outlined its strategy to become a global platform 
business for specialist media with diversified revenue streams: 
• We create fans of our brands by giving them a place they want 
to spend their time and where they go to meet their needs. In 
this way we continue to create loyal communities
• We expand our global reach through organic growth, 

acquisitions and strategic partnerships, and diversify our 
monetisation models to create significant revenue streams
• We entertain, inform and engage our consumers with content 
that connects across key verticals via magazines, websites 
and events; we monetise this via paid content, subscriptions, 
media sales, ticket sales and eCommerce

We have adopted the McKinsey’s Three Horizons of Growth 
planning approach across the organisation as a means of 
delivering our strategy. This approach encourages our people to 
engage with the strategy in a meaningful and relatable way.

How we succeed
We define strategy as: “Our plan for success: a collection of 
intentional decisions we make to give us the best chance to 
thrive and differentiate ourselves – therefore every decision, if 
intentional and consistent, is our strategy.”

In addition we have three strategic filters that help to inform 
decision making and provide a lens to filter ideas and decisions: 
• Content that connects is at the heart of what we do
• We operate in the areas we have expertise in 
• We need to grow profitably and generate cash returns

In order to ensure we remain scalable we have made significant 
investments in our technology as well as our back office and 
infrastructure. In particular the introduction of one website 
platform (Vanilla) and one CMS have facilitated our growth. We 
have also invested in our core back office systems allowing us to 
integrate acquisitions with limited increase in back office costs.

This investment combined with a strict control of ongoing costs 
and a strategy to insource our back office functions to a low cost 
location has ensured that our bottom line growth is financially 
beneficial to the group.  

Our loyal communities
As we strengthen our global reach across our core verticals 
we continue to be proud of the way we bring people together 
to indulge in shared passions wherever they are in the world. 
Cultivating a highly-engaged audience that we are able to 
monetise is fundamental to everything that we do and we 
are now reaching a global audience of 193.4 million (2017: 
85.6 million) through our websites, events, social media and 
magazines.

We continue to grow our online audience both organically and 
through acquisitions; online users grew by 190% year-on-year, 
12% of which is organic. 

We continue to see evidence that our audience communities are 
stronger than ever thanks to our customised content designed 
specifically to engage with our audience. For example, the UK 
Guitar Show was a huge success, being a sell-out in its inaugural 
year and with Sir Paul McCartney tweeting our #WorldGuitarDay 
hashtag.

Loyal communities are also significant when it comes to our 
B2B brands and content, which are particularly niche. Music 
Week, a UK record industry B2B brand that was acquired as 
part of NewBay Media, proved the loyalty of its community with 
the launch of the Music Week Tech Summit bringing in over 
300 delegates at the O2 in its first year and with keynotes from 
Amazon Music and the BBC. Similarly, the Music Week Awards 
showed significant growth in attendees of 14% and revenue 
growth of 17% since acquisition.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

The Photography 
Show 2018.

Arya Goggin shot for 
Rhythm Magazine.

We also engage with our audience through our regular 
newsletters and there have been many newsletter launches this 
year, in addition to a focus on increasing newsletter frequency 
to encourage increased audience engagement. Newsletter 
launches this year included N-Photo, Computer Arts, Edge, 
Guitarist, ImagineFX, Linux Format, MacFormat, Net, Official 
PlayStation Magazine and Windows Help & Advice. 

The Photo Plus newsletter was launched in March 2018 to 
our active subscriber database and then rolled out further by 
introducing newsletter sign-up. This newsletter proved highly 
successful with strong average open and click rates of 47% and 
11% respectively. 

This year also saw the publication of our PC Gamer 25th 
Anniversary Edition, which shows the considerable appeal and 
longevity of some of our core brands.

A global platform
Due to our investment in our technology and infrastructure we 
are primed to rapidly on-board new brands and businesses onto 
our global platform.

Our tech stack consists of various underlying technologies 
that allow our websites to exist and grow, our magazines to be 
published on time, our commercial, eCommerce and finance 
teams to work efficiently and our audiences to get the user 
experience they need from our content. 

Our web platform Vanilla is a highly scalable and dynamic  
web platform that allows for online multi-language content 
creation, dynamic content analysis as well as content 
management capabilities. Having one core platform also allows 
us to be streamlined and operationally efficient with a low 
training overhead as all technology staff are trained in the one 
platform system.

This year we have seen an increased number of migrations (five 
in total) to our Vanilla platform including Guitar World and What 
Hi-Fi? (both brands having been acquired during the year). We 
now have a total of 15 sites on the Vanilla platform.

In conjunction with Vanilla, Hawk is the tool that we use to help 
customers find the right product for them online and the 

success of the Hawk widgets has been instrumental in our global 
eCommerce growth this year. Hawk matches around 23 million 
product offers to a single product and over one million product 
offer updates are produced per second. It also means that every 
click is tracked end-to-end providing us with valuable insight 
into our customer behaviours.

Our advertising technology, Bordeaux, is a true enabler to 
further organic growth in the commercial advertising space 
and we have designed it to keep pace with the ever changing 
advertising landscape. Bordeaux works intelligently to deliver 
high advertising viewability, which in turn leads to increased 
revenues, and this resulted in brands such as T3 achieving above 
market average viewability rates of 78%.

Acquisitions
Future has made significant investments in acquisitions during 
the financial year. When choosing to invest we look for assets 
that will align with and enhance our existing portfolio and 
further our strategic vision. We look for scalable brands that have 
loyal and specialist audiences that can be monetised in different 
ways and that will add value to the group.

In April 2018 we acquired NewBay Media, an information and 
events business in the technology and entertainment sectors 
with B2B and B2C portfolios. In particular the substantial B2B 
portfolio has complemented our existing vertical offering whilst 
also adding B2B expertise, hence contributing to our revenue 
diversification. The acquisition allows us to further connect with 
our B2B communities and facilitates content sharing across our 
complementary B2C verticals.

The NewBay B2C brands have materially enhanced our music 
vertical, particularly in the US. As a case in point, the combination 
of the B2C and B2B music portfolio has allowed us to grow 
the vertical by applying our platform strategy and creating 
increasingly diversified revenues. 

In May 2018 we acquired four specialist consumer brands from 
Haymarket Media Group: What Hi-Fi?, FourFourTwo, Practical 
Caravan and Practical Motorhome. These are established brands 
with loyal audiences that complement our existing verticals.

 
 
7

With Purch arose the opportunity to acquire a leading 
technology-enabled business in the US media industry. This 
completed in September 2018 and allows us to significantly 
expand our global reach and increase our market share in the 
US. As a result of this acquisition we are in a stronger position 
to create a market-leading position in consumer technology 
globally. Our revenue streams were further diversified through 
the addition of Publisher Services, where we provide advertising 
expertise for third party websites.

As well as the acquisitions that we have made in the financial 
year, we have also seen growth in some of our prior year 
acquisitions.

As we move into the next financial year our focus will be on 
optimising all of our acquisitions through efficient integration 
of operations and monetising the additional content across our 
established and new revenue streams.

As well as looking externally for portfolios that can enhance 
our offering, we also look internally at our assets with a critical 
view and re-evaluate the existing portfolio on a regular basis, 
rationalising our brands where appropriate.

Our strategy is underpinned by three factors:

audiences are

Winning Differentiators
• Offering the easiest-to-access ‘how to’ advice wherever our 
• Having the most relevant review content in the world
• Demonstrating the value of original content
• Disrupting publishing through platforms
• Anticipating our customers’ needs

Competitive Essentials
• Creating meaningful relationships with strategic partners
• Blending human and artificial intelligence
• Simple but brilliant proprietary software
• Using data to drive yield optimisation
• Knowing our customers
• World-class SEO

Enablers
• A disciplined approach to investment through test
• Having a culture representative of our values
• Brilliant at the basics
• Cash returns focused
• Leaner, simpler philosophy

3. How we behave

1

We are part of the 
audience & their 
community.

Our passion for our products makes 
us part of the community we engage 
with. Our audiences give us a voice and 
that’s an incredible privilege that we 
treat with reverence. We embrace all 
the ways we are able to communicate 
to our audiences – print, online and in 
person – and love doing so.

4

It’s the people  
in the boat  
that matter.

Having the right team in the boat is 
mission critical. We are all successful 
when we are self-motivated, self-aware 
and self- disciplined. We support each 
other, challenge each other and have 
fun with each other. We are determined 
to hire people we can learn from and 
who we would have as our boss.

2 

Let’s do this. 

We take the best decisions we can in 
the face of uncertainty. It makes us 
think each decision through – then we 
go for it. We commit to what we’ve 
agreed and have the confidence to 
persevere through tough times. But 
we’re able to admit mistakes because 
that helps us learn and chart a new 
course when we need to. That’s called 
‘doing it right’.

3

We are proud of 
our past & excited 
about our future.

We are proud to work at Future, 
because being part of this team feels 
good. We are one team, one company 
with big ambitions.

5 

We all row  
the boat.

6

Results matter – 
success feels good.

No matter how long you’ve worked 
here, or what your role is at Future, your 
contribution counts – so grab an oar! 
We move faster when everyone pulls 
in the same direction. So what you do 
– and how you do it – matters. We take 
responsibility because that’s the best 
way to get things done. We collaborate 
because we’re stronger together.

We love being successful. We restlessly 
look to improve, be ever creative, 
and unashamedly commercial in 
our ventures. Great results mean 
we are able to align the needs and 
expectations of our audiences, 
communities, clients and shareholders.

Future plc 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report9

4. What we do

The Future  
strategy wheel

At Future our purpose is clear: to 
change people’s lives through 
sharing our knowledge and 
expertise with them, making 
it easy and fun for them to do 
what they want. 

In fulfilling this purpose 
we meet the needs of our 
communities wherever and 
whenever they access our 
content and so create our 
global audiences. We operate in 
passion verticals, where we can 
provide knowledge and expertise 
and we see this as a  
key differentiator.

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

PLATFORM AS 
A SERVICE

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

CONTENT 

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

H
O
W
T
O...

DATA

NEWSTRADE

As our strategy is focused on 
diversifying our business models we 
operate our business through three 
distinct lenses: globally, divisionally 
and vertically. We believe this puts us in a 
strong position to win at every opportunity 
and to ensure we deliver on our purpose. 
However, at the heart of everything we do is a 
desire to ensure we meet our audience’s needs in 
whichever form this arises. As a result we have focused 
on creating products that can be delivered across 
multiple channels on the Future wheel.

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Monetising the wheel
We have made considerable progress this year in diversifying our 
routes to market and hence monetisation, through both organic 
growth and acquisitions. This diversification gives our loyal 
communities the opportunity to engage with us in whichever 
way they please through the mediums of digital, print and 
events and wherever they may be based in the world.

As we look to monetise our content as effectively as possible, 
our two key focuses have been on producing re-usable content 
to maximise the efficiency of our editorial teams and the 
optimisation of our proprietary content management system to 
enable the simple re-use of magazine content online. Our ‘how-
to’ content lends itself well to this and a single Future how-to 
guide can be published in a print edition, a licensed edition, an 
app, an online article and a bookazine if the material is designed 
appropriately.

The acquisition of the home interest division is a perfect case 
in point as to how we effectively monetise the wheel. Since the 
acquisition we have built on the existing brands by:
• Launching the website RealHomes.com; by September 2018 
online user numbers reached 389,000 contributing to the 
increase in our global audience

• Relaunching Real Homes magazine in August 2018 and 
increasing the frequency of the Real Homes newsletter 
resulting in a 4% increase in recipients since January 2018

• Launching a new homebuilding event in Farnborough
• Growing the London Homebuilding & Renovating Show with

year-on-year revenue growth of 17%

As we have diversified these revenues across the wheel we 
have decreased our reliance on print, which continues to 
show underlying decline. However, there remain significant 
opportunities within the magazine portfolio across the business. 
For example we published 524 bookazines this year contributing 
revenue of £9.3m to the Group.

Digital licensing has also experienced notable growth this year. 
We have launched digital licensing partnerships for TechRadar 
in 10 new markets and four different languages across the 
Middle East and Scandinavia since October 2017. As a result of 
the launch of these partnerships, TechRadar online users in the 
Scandinavian territories increased 20% in the first six months and 
in the Middle East online users of TechRadar have increased  
by 15%. 

Future plc 
 
10

Our markets
As a result of our global audiences we operate across three continents: Europe, with offices in the UK and France; North America,  
with four offices in the US; and Asia Pacific, with an office in Australia. Below is a summary of our locations and audience.

United States

United Kingdom

France

Australia

Offices: New York, 
Minneapolis, Virginia, Utah

Online users: 68.8m (US & Can)

Offices: Praed Mews (London) 
Southwark (London), 
Bath, Bournemouth, 
Bromsgrove

Offices: Paris, Grenoble

Office: Sydney

Online users: 1.3m

Online users: 5.9m (Aus & NZ)

Rest of world online users: 50.0m

Online users: 16.4m

We organise ourselves into two business divisions – Media and Magazines. Focusing on our business in this way ensures that we can 
invest for growth while also ensuring we constantly assess the profitability of our magazine brands. 

Turn over to see a breakdown of the Magazines and Media divisions  >

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report11

Media division

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

PLATFORM AS 
A SERVICE

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

MEDIA 

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

The Media division is underpinned by our technology platforms 
and services. We have an elite team of developers and engineers. 
Tightly-knit and agile, they are a collective of passionate tech 
experts specialising in computer systems, data processing and 
scalability.

Our flourishing Media division is positioned as a leader in digital 
innovation with significant revenue growth year-on-year across 
all of our key revenue streams: digital advertising, eCommerce, 
events and digital licensing. 

Of particular note was our strong pre-Christmas trading period 
starting with our most successful Black Friday and Cyber 
Monday week ever. During the period we generated 60 million 
page views and facilitated 250,000 transactions, with £25.5m 
worth of products sold across the UK and US over the Black 
Friday period.

Overall eCommerce transactions have increased 63% year-on-
year to 3.23 million (2017: 1.98 million) and this has contributed to 
the outstanding revenue growth in this area of the business. 

Underpinning all this success in the Media division is our 
development team who won the Digital Product Development 
Team of the Year award at the AOP awards in June.

Media KPIs

142m online users 
up from 49m  
in 2017

5k advertising 
clients 

65 events 
up from 22 in 2017

155k event 
attendees 
up from 76k  
in 2017

3.23m eCommerce 
transactions 
up from 1.98m  
in 2017

£

Future plcNEWSTRADE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12

Magazines division

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

MAGAZINES

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

Red sections on 
the wheel relate 
to channels 
which we 
monetise and 
are live revenue 
streams in that 
division

The Magazines division publishes a number of special-interest 
magazines and bookazines, in both print and digital format. The 
portfolio covers technology, games and entertainment, music, 
photography and design, hobbies, home interest, and B2B 
verticals. Its titles include Classic Rock, Guitar Player, FourFourTwo, 
Homebuilding & Renovating, Digital Camera, Guitarist, How It 
Works, Total Film, What Hi-Fi? and Music Week. This year we 
published 524 bookazines and our global circulation reached 1.3 
million (2017: 1.0 million).

Our acquisition of the Haymarket titles prompted us to form a 
new vertical, hobbies, which combines our field sports titles and 
knowledge titles with three of the Haymarket titles: Practical 
Caravan, Practical Motorhome and FourFourTwo. 

Additionally, we have continued to generate revenue from our 
specialised content through print licensing, and this year we signed 
a total of 16 new regular frequency licensing agreements across 11 
territories. Two of these new deals are from the titles we acquired in 
the year from Haymarket. Through these licensing partnerships we 
have entered five new territories – Greece, Turkey, Hungary, South 
Africa and Indonesia.

Future Fusion, our in-house creative service agency, also sits 
within the Magazines division and has had a successful year with 
year-on-year revenue growth of 93%. This year saw the launch of 
our first Canon consumer project which has generated significant 
revenue for the area. As part of this partnership Fusion covered the 
prestigious photography competition World Press Photo in  
April 2018. 

Magazines KPIs

85 magazines &  
524 bookazines

90 licensing 
partners 

Total circulation  
of 1.33m 
up from 0.96m in 
2017

935k subscribers 
up from 461k in 2017

Average subscriber 
retention of 66% in 
B2C and 69% in B2B 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic reportPLATFORM AS A SERVICEEVENTS & INTEGRATED MARKETING PROGRAMMESECOMMERCE£ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Loyal communities – 
our verticals  

By creating content that meets the needs of our audiences, and helping them 
do the things they love, we create strong specialist communities. At Future we 
believe that loyal communities are a differentiator in media, where we create 
content that meets a need and as a result has a value for our partners.

Turn over to see a breakdown of each vertical  >

 
15

Future plc

Technology vertical

Brands include:

Future’s technology brands cover all aspects of technology from 
phones to computing to home technology; providing reviews, buying 
guides and how-tos on technology products for both B2C and B2B 
audiences. 

With the acquisition of Purch and its leading tech brands, including 
Tom’s Guide and Tom’s Hardware, we have significantly strengthened 
our position and reach in the technology vertical in the US and 
we already hold the number one position in the UK. Likewise the 
acquisition of technology brand What Hi-Fi? from Haymarket 
cemented Future’s position in the technology sector in the UK as well 
as providing an entry into the neighbouring audio video market. 

Online audience numbers have grown significantly with total online 
users to technology websites up 228% year-on-year, 25% of which is 
organic growth.

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

PLATFORM AS 
A SERVICE

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

TECHNOLOGY

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Vertical audience stats:

Total online  

users: 78.9m

Total 
subscribers: 
149k

Total  
events: 4 

Total event 
attendees: 
1.5k

Market-leading positions:

Number 1 UK 

Number 1 UK  

online consumer 

Hi-Fi magazine

technology 

publisher

 
Annual Report and Accounts 2018

16

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Games & entertainment vertical

Brands include:

Our games & entertainment portfolio has been the voice of authority 
and source of influence for gamers and film and TV lovers across 
digital, events and print for over 30 years. 

The portfolio is headed up by our two key gaming brands, 
GamesRadar+ and PC Gamer, both of which have seen growth 
in online user numbers year-on-year, with GamesRadar+ up 28% 
and PC Gamer up 11%. In addition, these two brands have shown 
significant growth in the US, with online users up 31% compared to 
last year.

With the Purch acquisition we further strengthened the portfolio 
with the comic books and genre entertainment brand Newsarama. 
Newsarama has a large social media following, reaching 370k users 
via Twitter and Facebook.

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

Vertical audience stats:

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

GAMES & 
ENTERTAINMENT 

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

Total online  

users: 21.1m

Total 
subscribers: 
82k

Total  
events: 3 

Total event 
attendees: 
4.5k

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Market-leading positions:

PC Gamer is the 

Number 1 gaming 

number 1 global 

magazine 

PC gaming 

website 

publisher in the 

UK

PLATFORM AS A SERVICE 
 
17

Creative & photography vertical 

Brands include:

Our creative & photography portfolio is market-leading, providing 
creative inspiration for the global design and photography 
communities. 

This year we launched a new event, Vertex, which was attended 
by 600 delegates. Vertex is an event for the Computer Graphics 
(CG) community, bringing them together for networking, practical 
inspiration and insight. 

Online photography website Digital Camera World, which we 
launched in July last year, has shown phenomenal growth this year, 
with online users up by over 600%.

Our flagship photography event, The Photography Show, remains 
the largest photography exhibition in the UK and attracts over 
30,000 visitors each year.

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

Vertical audience stats:

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

CREATIVE & 
PHOTOGRAPHY 

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

Total online  

users: 3.5m

Total 
subscribers: 
67k

Total  
events: 5 

Total event 
attendees: 
31k

Market-leading positions:

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Number 1 

creative and 

CreativeBloq is 

The Photography 

design magazine 

creative and 

the number 1 

Show is the 

largest UK 

publisher in  

design website in 

photography 

the UK

the UK and the US 

exhibition

PLATFORM AS A SERVICE 
Annual Report and Accounts 2018

18

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Music vertical 

Brands include:

Our music vertical continues to see growth in Media revenue with 
an 81% year-on-year increase. This growth has been bolstered by the 
launch of our online music platform Louder, a reimagination of the 
TeamRock.com brand as a definitive music site for our users. The 
NewBay Media B2C music portfolio acquired this year, with brands 
such as Guitar World and Guitar Player, has further contributed to 
this growth.

We are the leading consumer music-making magazine publisher 
and the second largest online publisher in the UK and the US. On the 
back of these market-leading positions we launched the UK Guitar 
Show, a sold-out event, including the second World Guitar Day. 

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

Vertical audience stats:

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

GAMES & 
ENTERTAINMENT 

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

Total online  

users: 5.3m

Total 
subscribers: 
154k

Total  
events: 5

Total event 
attendees: 
9.3k

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Market-leading positions:

Number 1 consumer music 

making magazine publisher 

in the UK and the US  

PLATFORM AS A SERVICE 
 
19

Future plc

Hobbies vertical  

Brands include:

Our hobbies vertical is made up of two sectors – knowledge and 
outdoor leisure. The brands in the hobbies vertical are highly 
specialist with loyal communities. Our knowledge brands cover 
topics such as science and history and produce several highly 
successful bookazines throughout the year. 

The addition of Live Science and Space.com from the Purch 
acquisition this year has given us the market-leading position online 
in the US for science.

The outdoor leisure brands include our field sports titles, our football 
brand FourFourTwo and our caravanning titles, Practical Caravan 
and Practical Motorhome, which we acquired from Haymarket this 
year. Following this acquisition we are the leading caravan magazine 
publisher in the UK led by the long-standing Practical Caravan 
which was launched in 1967.

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

HOBBIES

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

Vertical audience stats:

Total online  

users: 30.8m

Total 
subscribers: 
70k

Market-leading positions:

Number 1 online

Number 1 

science publisher 

caravanning 

in the US

magazine 

publisher in  

the UK 

PLATFORM AS A SERVICEEVENTS & INTEGRATED MARKETING PROGRAMMESECOMMERCE£ 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Home interest vertical 

Brands include:

The brands in our home interest vertical cover all aspects of home 
building and interior design including design and building ideas, 
product reviews, readers’ homes and expert advice. 

Having acquired the home interest portfolio from Centaur in August 
2017 we have expanded the brands by effectively monetising 
our platform wheel. This has included launching the website 
RealHomes.com, re-launching Real Homes magazine, increasing 
the frequency of the Real Homes newsletter and launching a new 
homebuilding event in Farnborough.

The number one homebuilding event in the UK, Homebuilding & 
Renovating Show, takes place in eight locations nationally, with total 
attendees exceeding 94,000. 

Vertical audience stats:

£

ECOMMERCE

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

HOME INTEREST

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

Total online  

users: 889k

Total 
subscribers: 
25k

Total  
events: 8 

Total event 
attendees: 
94k

Market-leading positions:

NEWSTRADE

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Number 1 

Number 1 

homebuilding 

homebuilding 

show in the UK  

magazine in  

the UK

PLATFORM AS A SERVICECONTENT PUBLISHING & LICENSING 
 
21

B2B vertical  

The acquisition of NewBay Media in 
April this year greatly expanded our B2B 
expertise and portfolio. This means that 
we now have a separate B2B vertical 
for which there are five distinct sub-
verticals: music, education, media 
entertainment & technology, consumer 
technology & gaming and audio  
video technology. 

In addition to regular magazines, 
websites and events we publish a 
number of show dailies, which are 
publications produced for third party 
events, throughout the year. For 
example, we publish the Consumer 
Electronics Show Daily, which is 
provided to all attendees on each 
day of the event. Publishing the daily 
expands our visibility at the Consumer 
Electronics Show, “CES”, and presents 
further opportunities to offer creative 
solutions to our consumer technology 
clients attending the event.

A new revenue stream for us is paid 
entry awards, where we create award 
competitions within our verticals and 
invite companies and individuals to 
enter for a fee. This new source of 
revenue has created further robustness 
in our revenue streams.  

CONTENT PUBLISHING 
& LICENSING

S
W
E
V
E

I

R

B2B

H
O
W
T
O...

MEMBERSHIP & 
SUBSCRIPTIONS

ADVERTISING

EVENTS & INTEGRATED 
MARKETING 
PROGRAMMES

Brands include:

B2B music sub-vertical 

Vertical audience stats:

Our B2B music portfolio consists of long established brands with real 
heritage: Music Week, a trade media brand for the UK music industry 
for over 50 years; Pro Sound News and Pro Sound News Europe, serving 
the professional audio community for 40 years; and the 30 year old Mix 
covering high-end audio production.

Since acquiring these brands as part of the NewBay acquisition in 
April this year we have, using our buy and build strategy, launched 
Music Tech Week Summit, which attracted 300 delegates, run a sold-
out Music Week Awards and grown both corporate and newsletter 
subscriptions. 

The B2B music portfolio perfectly complements our consumer music 
portfolio allowing for further advertising opportunities and content 
sharing.

Total online  

Total 

Total  

users: 315k

subscribers: 

events: 5 

63k

Total event 

attendees: 

3.0k

Future plcPLATFORM AS A SERVICENEWSTRADEECOMMERCE£ 
22

Brands include:

B2B education sub-vertical 

Vertical audience stats:

Tech & Learning has been an education technology publication and 
resource for over 37 years. Focusing primarily on K-12 educators, it is a 
full education technology resource offering a truly integrated platform 
across print, online and events. 

We run Tech & Learning Live and Tech & Learning Summit in a number 
of regions across the US throughout the year.

Total online  

Total 

Total  

users: 73k

subscribers: 

events: 7

87k

Total event 

attendees: 

596

Brands include:

B2B media entertainment &  
technology sub-vertical

Vertical audience stats:

The brands forming our media entertainment & technology vertical provide 
in-depth news and features for the entertainment and tech industries, 
including broadcast television and radio. These brands, including Radio World 
and TV Technology, are long-standing heritage brands, having been active for 
20 and 30 years respectively. 

A particular success within this vertical was the launch of the new B2B OTT  
& Video Distribution Summit in the US which exceeded expectations with  
359 attendees and demonstrates how we are able to effectively utilise our  
B2B expertise to develop new and appealing events within the Media division.

Since 1999, Multichannel News’ Wonder Women Awards in New York have 
celebrated the accomplishments of industry decision-makers who have 
helped pave the way for younger generations of women in the evolving  
worlds of multichannel TV and related media businesses. 

Total online  

Total 

Total  

Total event 

users: 661k

subscribers: 

events: 15 

attendees: 

81k

8.7k

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report23

Brands include:

B2B consumer technology &  
gaming sub-vertical

Vertical audience stats:

TWICE is the leading brand serving the B2B needs of those in the 
technology and consumer electronics industries. The brand covers 
consumer technology through a suite of digital offerings: Twice.com, 
eNewsletters, events and custom content including native advertising, 
white papers, video and webinars.

Total online  

Total 

users: 75k

subscribers: 

19k

Market-leading positions:

TWICE is the number one 

B2B consumer technology 

magazine in the US

Brands include:

B2B audio video  
technology sub-vertical

Vertical audience stats:

Our AV technology vertical consists of market-leading magazines, 
websites and events serving professionals in the audio video industry.

Our AV brands cover audio video and IT systems, systems integration 
and home entertainment and automation design through news 
analysis, trend reports, product news and technology information.

This portfolio of long-standing brands makes us the market-leading 
B2B AV technology publisher in the US.

Total online  

Total 

Total  

users: 160k

subscribers: 

events: 6

99k

Total event 

attendees: 

578

Market-leading positions:

Leading B2B AV  

technology publisher in 

the US

Future plc 
 
Stereophonics singer 
Kelly Jones shot for 
Total Guitar Magazine.

Strategic report25

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief Executive

We have seen another year of strong 
growth, demonstrating the continued 
success of our strategy to establish a tech-
enabled global platform for specialist 
media. We have grown revenue and 
profitability both organically and through 
acquisition, driven by investment in our 
core operating model and continual 
diversification of our revenue streams.

Chief Executive’s review

We have seen another year of substantial growth for Future with Group 
revenue up 48% year-on-year to £124.6m (2017: £84.4m), which is driven 
by a mixture of strong organic growth of 11% and acquisitions. Adjusted 
EBITDA is up 88% year-on-year to £20.7m and adjusted EPS is up 33% to 
26.2p (2017: 19.7p).

Media revenue has increased by 88% to £64.2m (2017: £34.1m), driven 
primarily by the Group’s fast growing revenue streams of eCommerce 
and digital display advertising, and through our successful acquisition 
programme. Media revenue increased by an impressive 40% on an 
underlying basis (excluding the impact of 2018 acquisitions and home 
interest acquisition).

Content sits at the heart of all we do at Future, and a key measure of our 
success is the continued growth of our online audiences combined with 
the ability to then monetise them. During 2018 Online Revenue Per User 
(RPU), a key metric, has increased in both the UK, by 26% to £1.68, and 
the US, by 32% to £0.96, as we monetise our audiences more effectively 
across both territories.

Organic growth in Media revenue enables us to manage the expected 
decline in Magazine revenue and focus on margins and cash flow. 
Acquisitions have resulted in revenues increasing within the Magazine 
division by 20%, helping offset the underlying decline. As a result of the 
changing mix of our business, revenue from Media exceeded Magazine 
this year for the first time with the split of revenue now 52%:48%. Post 
the NewBay and Purch acquisitions, this is expected to be in the region 
of 65%:35%.

In conjunction with the considerable growth and development of the 
Group this year, we continue to drive operational efficiencies throughout 
the organisation, which has resulted in our adjusted EBITDA margin 
increasing to 17% (2017: 13%).

Future remains a low capital intensive business with capital expenditure 
representing 12% of adjusted EBITDA (2017: 16%; 2016: 37%). 

Future continues to be highly cash-generative with efficient adjusted 
cash conversion of 96% (2017: 155%) and adjusted free cash flow rising 
to £17.4m (2017: £15.3m), demonstrating the Group’s ongoing focus on 
efficient working capital management. 

Generating predictable, consistent cash flows and diversifying revenue 
streams is an ongoing focus of the Group. As a result the Board has 
recommended the payment of a dividend to shareholders whilst 
ensuring that we maintain sufficient resources to continue investment 
in the business. 

The nature of the Group’s business means there are no specific risks 
to the Group associated with Brexit other than the impact general 
economic uncertainty has on consumer spending.

Global platform business for specialist media

Our strategy to establish a global platform business with scalable, 
diversified brands is delivering sustainable material growth, as 
evidenced by our performance during this financial year.

Future plc 
26

We continue to diversify our revenues through acquisitions and 
organic growth both geographically and across our product 
offerings, in addition to consolidating our position in our specialist 
content categories.

We have seen particularly strong organic growth in eCommerce and 
digital display advertising this year driven principally by excellent 
growth of our consumer technology vertical, which grew its 
eCommerce revenue by 136% and digital display advertising revenue 
by 41%.

Strategic acquisitions have enabled us to further scale our key 
revenue streams and expand geographically. Our events revenue 
more than doubled to £12.9m, principally due to the full year impact 
of the home interest division, which was acquired in August 2017, of 
which the popular Homebuilding events form an integral part. 

The acquisitions of NewBay Media and Purch this year have also 
contributed to significant growth in the US, with US revenue now 
representing 32% (2017: 23%) of total revenue. The expansion of 
our US business provides material opportunities to monetise our 
significant US online audience.

We continue to invest in the core operating model, enabling a 
scalable organisation. During this year we migrated four websites on 
to our website platform “Vanilla” and also launched two new brands.

People & Culture

Our six company values underpin everything we do and are a 
fundamental part of everyday life at Future. One of the values is ‘It’s 
the people in the boat that matter’ and this year has seen us sharpen 
the focus on developing our people as we continue to grow the 
business.

To this end we created a new executive role to focus solely on our 
People & Culture. Their primary objective is to enable our colleagues 
to be their best self, underpinning a high-performing culture. As part 
of this goal we have developed an innovative residential induction 
programme which immerses new starters in our values and culture. 
A great outcome of this is the building of networks across the 
organisation and the fostering of collaboration across our brands.

As a result of the growth of the Group, the number of employees 
at Future increased from 634 to just over 1,000 globally through 
acquisitions and the creation of new roles. The delivery of our 
strategy is dependent on the continued nurturing of this workforce. 

Recruiting and retaining the best talent regardless of the role is 
crucial to our success and as a result, Future focuses on ensuring 
that our employees share in our success and are rewarded fairly. 
Future was proud to have become a Living Wage employer during 
the year, and as a result of our significant financial performance we 
were also able to reward all our staff for their talent and commitment 
by paying out, for the first time (since introduction), the maximum 
amount payable under the annual profit pool scheme.

The extremely successful annual conference gave the Group an 
opportunity to showcase the breadth of talent amongst Future staff 
and encourage networking. This year we were required to seek out a 
new venue for the UK conference to accommodate our growth - an 
exciting milestone, while in the US we were able to have all our new 
Purch and NewBay colleagues join us.   

broaden and strengthen our B2C and B2B portfolios and materially 
increase our global reach. This is particularly evident in the US where 
we have seen revenue growth of over 100%.

In April 2018 we acquired for £9.9m NewBay Media LLC, a US-
based content and events business that provides a material step in 
diversifying revenues into B2B revenue streams.

In May 2018 we acquired for £10.7m four specialist consumer titles 
from Haymarket Media Group, which expanded our portfolio into 
the sport and outdoor leisure sectors as well as providing additional 
diversification within the technology vertical. 

In August 2018 Future acquired three gaming and technology 
brands from Australian media company Nextmedia - PC PowerPlay, 
Hyper and PC & Tech Authority, including magazines, digital editions, 
Upgrade events and Australian PC Awards. This acquisition expands 
the Group’s presence in the Australia technology and gaming media 
markets. Whilst the acquisition was small, it provides us with an 
important local presence.

In September 2018 we acquired the consumer division of Purch 
for £99.1m (which was funded via a rights issue), a technology-
enabled US-based media business with leading online brands in 
the technology and science sectors. Bringing Purch’s brands and 
digital platforms into the Future business has further cemented 
Future’s position as a growing, global platform for specialist media, 
particularly in the US, where our market position has considerably 
increased.

Key details of the acquisitions we have made in 2018 are included 
below:

Acquisition

Revenue*

NewBay Media LLC
Haymarket titles

Nextmedia titles
Purch Group LLC

£36.8m
£11.2m

£1.0m
£47.5m

*Revenue figures obtained from most recent annual financial information 
or where more relevant, financial information relating to the acquired 
assets to demonstrate the relative size of the acquisitions (reflecting 12 
months of revenues).

Current trading and outlook

The year has started well with trading ahead of the Board’s 
expectations for this quarter, and while we recognise there is 
still much uncertainty for the remainder of the year, the Board is 
confident that trading will continue the trends of the last year with 
strong growth.

The integration of the home interest division is now complete and it 
has become a material operating vertical.

The integrations of NewBay and Haymarket are progressing as 
planned and are substantially complete. The integration of the Purch 
acquisition is progressing in line with expectations and we expect 
the vast majority of the work to be completed in the early New Year. 
The integration of the titles acquired from Nextmedia is also on track.

Acquisitions

Future has established a profitable global platform business through 
further investment in both people and technology and through 
the successful acquisition and integration of complementary 
businesses. During the year Future made four acquisitions, which 

Zillah Byng-Thorne 
Chief Executive
12 December 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report28
28

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Risks and uncertainties  

Future takes its approach to the identification, evaluation and mitigation of risk and uncertainty 
extremely seriously, and so has recently developed a robust framework that embeds risk  
management throughout its organisation and across its operations. Whilst it is accepted that risk 
forms a part of operating in business, delivering its strategic objectives whilst mitigating those risks  
is a fundamental objective for Future’s Board and its executive management teams. 

Approach to risk

The Board
• Sets risk appetite taking into    
    account strategic objectives
• Conducts ‘deep dives’ into specific 
    principal risks
• Approves principal Group risks
• Asesses impact of principal risks 
when analysing the Group’s  
long-term viability
• Considers views from 
    management and the Audit 

Committee as part of its review of 
the effectiveness of the system of 
internal controls

The Audit Committee
• Monitors the adequacy and  
    effectiveness of internal control and 
    risk management systems
• Ensures that a robust assessment  
    of the principal risks facing the 
Group has been undertaken

Executive team

As part of the Group’s new process the executive team:
• Prioritises principal risks through formal six-monthly review process 
• Allocates resources to manage risks according to potential impact
• Communicates priorities to the business
• Reviews detailed risk register to agree principal risks
• Identifies any emerging actions where Group-wide action is required 
• Reviews effectiveness of risk management procedures
• Reports to the Board on a regular basis

Whilst Future operates in an evolving environment with several clear risks, 
it takes a pro-active and robust approach to identifying any new risks, 
and evaluating and mitigating all known risks through a regular review 
process.

Our internal controls seek to minimise the impact of risks, as explained in our 
Corporate Governance report on pages 47 to 50, and during the year we have 
continued to develop those controls in response to the wider range of risks. We  
have also recently introduced a more granular approach to risk which includes 
a formal, six-monthly review by the executive team and the addition of risk 
management to the Audit Committee as a standard agenda item for every meeting. 

 
Mitigation

teams.

29

Future plc

Risk management

Risks

Description

Reliance on ‘search’

Future is exposed to Google to the extent that its websites are reliant on ‘search’ (i.e. a user navigating to one of 
Future’s websites via a ‘search engine’ such as Google).

Future has a dedicated audience development team who work to ensure that Future embeds best practice within its editorial and technical 

Future is very exposed to Google from a revenue perspective, particularly to any reaction by them to the ever 
increasing regulation that is being imposed on them, or an unplanned change in the Google algorithm. 

much as possible its reliance on ‘search’.

In addition Future continues to invest in the creation of top quality content that will meet the needs of audiences and therefore mitigate as 

Changes in  
advertising models 

The increasing trends towards ad blocking & privacy could result in Future being unable to monetise online 
advertising inventory to the same extent as it does currently.

The trend for ad blocking and new market developments are continually under review by management. Future has worked with Google and 

the Coalition for Better Ads, introducing Google’s ad blocker to minimise use of alternatives, which is part of Future’s core culture to innovate 

Both of these factors could have a detrimental impact on Future’s revenues. 

IT

The business is increasingly dependent on technology.

Most Future offices run a skeleton network, which in turn links back to centralised data centres, and each Future 
office is connected to the data centre via a managed internet service, which is provided by third parties. These 
skeleton networks reduce the risk to the business of a localised network outage.

However, if the data centres were compromised (i.e. total network or server failure, or data loss) then there would  
be a major impact on the production of magazines, operation of websites and the operational effectiveness of 
the business. 

constantly to embrace a changing marketplace.

In addition Future’s technology team have developed, through Bordeaux, tools to improve advertising viewability and the quality of adverts.

Future’s network has at least two diverse routes for all key offices and business-critical data is held on two highly resilient storage devices in 

different locations. In addition, all core switches within the data centres are duplicated in different buildings so there are no single points of 

failure (other than the legacy Bournemouth and NewBay US office, in respect of which plans are in place to rectify). Servers are distributed 

across two main data centre locations (which house 1.5 petabytes of storage) and several significantly smaller controlled server rooms in 

different buildings in Bath, Bournemouth and New York.

Investment in the IT infrastructure has been made in 2018 and more is planned for 2019 to ensure that Future maintains the highest levels of 

compatibility, security and compliance.

Personal data 
and cyber fraud

The collection, storage and use of personal data by the Group presents a risk of misuse, loss of personal data, or 
cyber-attack which could result in high penalties from the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO). Future may suffer 
reputational risk, as well as a significant financial penalty, if it is responsible for the breach.

Future is required to comply with strict data protection and privacy legislation, including the General Data Protection 
Regulation (GDPR). Such laws restrict Future’s ability to collect and use personal information relating to its customers 
and third parties, including the marketing use of that information, and the GDPR places additional restrictions on 
such use. The need to comply with data protection legislation is a significant control, operational and reputational risk 
which can affect the Group.

Future seeks to ensure all of its systems comply with best practice as regards to security and has in place a plan to mitigate the effects of 

any hack. The Group is continually investing and upgrading its IT systems and processes to ensure that they are sufficiently robust and 

appropriate for the digital age. Controls are in place to ensure compliance with data protection legislation and confirmation is sought from all 

third parties who might be involved in providing or processing data to ensure they are also in compliance with such legislation. 

Following GDPR coming into force in May 2018, the Group appointed a Data Protection Officer, undertook a comprehensive audit of personal 

data, performed risk assessments and reviewed all of its policies and procedures in respect of personal data. Since the legislation has been 

in force, a small Data Team (including the DPO) oversees all data matters to ensure compliance and to develop and improve Future’s data 

practices and procedures.

Staff

The Group’s strong reputation as a leading global platform business makes its staff potentially attractive to 
competitors. There is a risk that key staff will move elsewhere if offered significant increases in remuneration with 
which Future is unable to compete.

Future employs people who are passionate about their area of expertise. Future offers a number of staff benefits and incentive programmes 

to attract and retain key staff, and steps are taken to ensure that the Group is not excessively reliant upon any one employee.

Operating  
environment

The structural change in our operating environment and the pace of the transition from print remain a real risk. The 
impact of this risk includes print circulation volumes and print advertising revenues declining at a faster rate than 
anticipated and digital revenues not growing at a rate to offset the decline.

Future continues to innovate, making available its special-interest content to consumers in a number of formats, in print, online and at events. 

The diversification of revenues (particularly the growth in Media revenues) helps protect against rapid changes in the operating environment. 

Future creates best-in-class content to create an emotional connection with our audiences of engaged enthusiasts, who represent an 

attractive audience for advertisers. In doing so Future has become an integral part of the purchase cycle which can be monetised via 

eCommerce and other digital means.

Intellectual  
property

Future uses various types of third-party content including music, audio-visual material, photos, images and text. As 
a publisher, Future is responsible for any intellectual property, other infringement or any legal issue relating to the 
same. In addition, Future grants licences to its licensees allowing them to use various types of third-party content. 
As licensor, Future is responsible to its licensees for any intellectual property infringement or for any claim that such 
content breaches applicable laws.

There is a mandatory IP in-house training programme to educate Future’s editorial staff on the importance of obtaining appropriate rights 

or licences and Future has a dedicated in-house rights management team. In addition, there is mandatory defamation training for all 

editorial staff. Future’s legal team reviews all significant licences relating to third-party content and, where appropriate, seeks warranties and 

indemnities relating to the same. Future licenses content to third parties based on standard contracts which seek to limit Future’s liability. 

Acquisitions

The Group continues to search for opportunities to grow through acquisition. There is a risk that any such acquisition 
or its subsequent integration fails to create value for shareholders.

The Group has successfully completed and integrated nine acquisitions over the last 36 months. The management team is highly experienced 

and adept at identifying suitable acquisition opportunities, executing the deal and integrating the acquired business into the wider Future 

group. The risk is further mitigated through the performance of due diligence appropriate to the size and scale of the acquisition and the 

preparation of a clear and detailed integration plan which is carefully managed.

Economic  
downturn / Brexit

The impact of Brexit could result in a reduction in consumer spending, resulting in loss of revenue and impact on 
advertisers.

The impact of Brexit is currently unknown, however as developments arise we will, if required, quickly set up a steering committee to assess 

the impact on the Group and react accordingly. The fundamental risk is partially mitigated by the geographical diversity of Future’s revenue 

streams, as we do not expect Future’s US or Australian revenues to be significantly impacted by Brexit.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018

30

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

Risks

Description

Mitigation

Reliance on ‘search’

Future is exposed to Google to the extent that its websites are reliant on ‘search’ (i.e. a user navigating to one of 

Future’s websites via a ‘search engine’ such as Google).

Future has a dedicated audience development team who work to ensure that Future embeds best practice within its editorial and technical 
teams.

Future is very exposed to Google from a revenue perspective, particularly to any reaction by them to the ever 

increasing regulation that is being imposed on them, or an unplanned change in the Google algorithm. 

In addition Future continues to invest in the creation of top quality content that will meet the needs of audiences and therefore mitigate as 
much as possible its reliance on ‘search’.

Changes in  

The increasing trends towards ad blocking & privacy could result in Future being unable to monetise online 

advertising models 

advertising inventory to the same extent as it does currently.

Both of these factors could have a detrimental impact on Future’s revenues. 

The trend for ad blocking and new market developments are continually under review by management. Future has worked with Google and 
the Coalition for Better Ads, introducing Google’s ad blocker to minimise use of alternatives, which is part of Future’s core culture to innovate 
constantly to embrace a changing marketplace.

In addition Future’s technology team have developed, through Bordeaux, tools to improve advertising viewability and the quality of adverts.

IT

The business is increasingly dependent on technology.

Most Future offices run a skeleton network, which in turn links back to centralised data centres, and each Future 

office is connected to the data centre via a managed internet service, which is provided by third parties. These 

skeleton networks reduce the risk to the business of a localised network outage.

Future’s network has at least two diverse routes for all key offices and business-critical data is held on two highly resilient storage devices in 
different locations. In addition, all core switches within the data centres are duplicated in different buildings so there are no single points of 
failure (other than the legacy Bournemouth and NewBay US office, in respect of which plans are in place to rectify). Servers are distributed 
across two main data centre locations (which house 1.5 petabytes of storage) and several significantly smaller controlled server rooms in 
different buildings in Bath, Bournemouth and New York.

However, if the data centres were compromised (i.e. total network or server failure, or data loss) then there would  

be a major impact on the production of magazines, operation of websites and the operational effectiveness of 

Investment in the IT infrastructure has been made in 2018 and more is planned for 2019 to ensure that Future maintains the highest levels of 
compatibility, security and compliance.

the business. 

Personal data 

and cyber fraud

The collection, storage and use of personal data by the Group presents a risk of misuse, loss of personal data, or 

cyber-attack which could result in high penalties from the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO). Future may suffer 

reputational risk, as well as a significant financial penalty, if it is responsible for the breach.

Future is required to comply with strict data protection and privacy legislation, including the General Data Protection 

Regulation (GDPR). Such laws restrict Future’s ability to collect and use personal information relating to its customers 

and third parties, including the marketing use of that information, and the GDPR places additional restrictions on 

such use. The need to comply with data protection legislation is a significant control, operational and reputational risk 

which can affect the Group.

Future seeks to ensure all of its systems comply with best practice as regards to security and has in place a plan to mitigate the effects of 
any hack. The Group is continually investing and upgrading its IT systems and processes to ensure that they are sufficiently robust and 
appropriate for the digital age. Controls are in place to ensure compliance with data protection legislation and confirmation is sought from all 
third parties who might be involved in providing or processing data to ensure they are also in compliance with such legislation. 

Following GDPR coming into force in May 2018, the Group appointed a Data Protection Officer, undertook a comprehensive audit of personal 
data, performed risk assessments and reviewed all of its policies and procedures in respect of personal data. Since the legislation has been 
in force, a small Data Team (including the DPO) oversees all data matters to ensure compliance and to develop and improve Future’s data 
practices and procedures.

Staff

The Group’s strong reputation as a leading global platform business makes its staff potentially attractive to 

competitors. There is a risk that key staff will move elsewhere if offered significant increases in remuneration with 

Future employs people who are passionate about their area of expertise. Future offers a number of staff benefits and incentive programmes 
to attract and retain key staff, and steps are taken to ensure that the Group is not excessively reliant upon any one employee.

which Future is unable to compete.

Operating  

environment

The structural change in our operating environment and the pace of the transition from print remain a real risk. The 

impact of this risk includes print circulation volumes and print advertising revenues declining at a faster rate than 

anticipated and digital revenues not growing at a rate to offset the decline.

Future continues to innovate, making available its special-interest content to consumers in a number of formats, in print, online and at events. 
The diversification of revenues (particularly the growth in Media revenues) helps protect against rapid changes in the operating environment. 
Future creates best-in-class content to create an emotional connection with our audiences of engaged enthusiasts, who represent an 
attractive audience for advertisers. In doing so Future has become an integral part of the purchase cycle which can be monetised via 
eCommerce and other digital means.

Intellectual  

property

Future uses various types of third-party content including music, audio-visual material, photos, images and text. As 

a publisher, Future is responsible for any intellectual property, other infringement or any legal issue relating to the 

same. In addition, Future grants licences to its licensees allowing them to use various types of third-party content. 

As licensor, Future is responsible to its licensees for any intellectual property infringement or for any claim that such 

There is a mandatory IP in-house training programme to educate Future’s editorial staff on the importance of obtaining appropriate rights 
or licences and Future has a dedicated in-house rights management team. In addition, there is mandatory defamation training for all 
editorial staff. Future’s legal team reviews all significant licences relating to third-party content and, where appropriate, seeks warranties and 
indemnities relating to the same. Future licenses content to third parties based on standard contracts which seek to limit Future’s liability. 

content breaches applicable laws.

Acquisitions

The Group continues to search for opportunities to grow through acquisition. There is a risk that any such acquisition 

or its subsequent integration fails to create value for shareholders.

The Group has successfully completed and integrated nine acquisitions over the last 36 months. The management team is highly experienced 
and adept at identifying suitable acquisition opportunities, executing the deal and integrating the acquired business into the wider Future 
group. The risk is further mitigated through the performance of due diligence appropriate to the size and scale of the acquisition and the 
preparation of a clear and detailed integration plan which is carefully managed.

Economic  

The impact of Brexit could result in a reduction in consumer spending, resulting in loss of revenue and impact on 

downturn / Brexit

advertisers.

The impact of Brexit is currently unknown, however as developments arise we will, if required, quickly set up a steering committee to assess 
the impact on the Group and react accordingly. The fundamental risk is partially mitigated by the geographical diversity of Future’s revenue 
streams, as we do not expect Future’s US or Australian revenues to be significantly impacted by Brexit.

 
31

Future plc

Corporate responsibility – we are part  
of the audience and the community

Corporate responsibility is integral to the way Future 
conducts its business. We focus our efforts around five 
key areas where we believe we can make a difference.

1. The environment

We have a responsibility to reduce our impact on the planet 
whilst encouraging our consumers and partners to support our 
initiatives.

Sourcing paper
Paper is the largest raw material we use as a Group. We work 
hard to make sure that whatever we consume, we do in a way 
that is ethically responsible and environmentally sustainable. In 
2018, all of our paper across the Group was sourced from either 
recycled fibre or sustainable forests where at least one tree is 
planted for every tree felled.

Our paper is sourced and produced from sustainable, managed 
forests, conforming to strict environmental and socio-economic 
standards. Our paper mills and paper merchants all hold full 
FSC (Forest Stewardship Council) certification and accreditation 
showing our commitment to sourcing paper supplies from 
sustainable sources.

In 2018, over 90% of the paper we used in the UK was FSC 
certified. We actively encourage our suppliers to work 
towards FSC certification or one of the other internationally 
recognised and independently audited certification schemes for 
environmental care in forest management and conservation.

Recycling and waste
The Group is strongly incentivised to minimise the number of 
unsold magazines and we employ sophisticated techniques 
to help achieve this. In the UK, Future’s unsold magazines are 
either recycled or handed to local schools and hospitals. We also 
support the PPA’s initiative encouraging readers to recycle their 
magazines after use and we comply with our obligations under 
the Producer Responsibility Obligations (Packaging Waste) 
Regulations. The disposal of waste materials is also included in 
our print supplier audit. We are committed to reducing waste 
across all of our events, reducing our reliance on single-use 
plastic. We play an active part in recycling across all of our 
locations.

In 2018, we have moved towards significantly reducing single 
use plastic at all of our UK events. We partnered with Sky Ocean 
Rescue at our Mobile Industry Awards to hold our first plastic-
free event in May. 

Supplier audits
We undertake environmental and ethical audits on 
our main suppliers which include aspects such as 
the processing and disposal of effluents, emissions 
and waste materials, and the use of labour.

2. Our people

Our six company values underpin everything we 
do and are a fundamental part of everyday life at 
Future. 

Future’s employees are our most important asset; 
collectively, they are our winning differentiator. 
Throughout the year, we have made a number 
of changes which reinforce our focus around our 
people.  We have evolved our Human Resources 
function to that of a People & Culture team focusing 
on evolving our culture by embedding our values 
into everything we do, enabling inclusion and high 
performance.

In addition to evolving the focus of the People 
and Culture team, we have seen the creation 
of a dedicated People & Culture Managing 
Director whose primary objective is to enable our 
colleagues to be their best self, underpinning our 
high-performance environment. We relocated 
this position to New York this year to reflect the 
changing nature of our business, ensuring we could 
embed our values and Company culture, whilst 
supporting the continued growth in the US.

We have had a large number of new starters join the business 
in 2018 - with 191 new joiners and over 500 staff joining from 
acquisitions. To aid the smooth integration of new talent, 
we have made a number of investments in our People & 
Culture function and have ensured that all new joiners get 
off to the best start at Future by developing a hugely popular 
residential induction programme which immerses new 
starters in our values and culture.  A great outcome from this 
is the building of networks across the organisation and the 
fostering of collaboration across our brands. During the year 
we also introduced a new software application to improve our 
management of our people, making it easier and faster for our 
employees to execute simple tasks.

Employment data across the Group

Split of female:male employees as at 30 September 2018

Split of female:male Directors of the Company as at 30 September 2018

2018

41%:59%

40%:60%

Split of female:male members of the Executive Committee as at 30 September 2018

36%:64%

Earnings meet at least legal minimum or minimum set by industry

Cases of reported and proven discrimination or harassment

Consultation and communication procedures in place for all areas of the business

Code of conduct circulated to all existing and new employees

Employment of young people under the age of 15

Yes

None

Yes

Yes

None

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

The extremely successful annual conference gave an opportunity 
to showcase the breadth of talent amongst the Future staff and 
encourage networking. This year we were required to seek out a 
new venue for the UK conference to accommodate our growth 
- an exciting milestone, while in the US we were able to have all 
our new colleagues from the Purch & NewBay acquisitions 
join us.  

Diversity
At Future we are passionate about equality and diversity 
throughout our organisation and we pride ourselves on having 
a transparent and inclusive culture which enables everyone, 
regardless of their background, race, ethnicity, or gender, to 
thrive. Both Future’s CEO and CFO are women and as outlined  
in the table opposite 40% of Future Plc’s board is female and  
36% of Future’s Executive Leadership positions are held by 
women. This demonstrates our commitment to inclusion  
and gender diversity.

As reported externally in Future’s Gender Pay Gap report (for the 
snap-shot period ending 5 April 2017) we were pleased to report 
that Future’s median pay gap is below the national average and 
that as an organisation we reward our employees on a consistent 
basis with the proportion of individuals receiving a bonus being 
almost identical for both men and women.

Future’s business is underpinned by six core values, the first of 
which is that ‘we are part of the audience and their community’. 
At Future we recognise that our audiences are highly engaged, 
passionate and tribal. We strive to ensure that our workforce 
reflects their diversity, in order to maximise engagement whilst 
also being reverent to the privilege it is to be part of these 
communities.

In the US we have signed the Ascent promise which is a 
commitment to creating an inclusive and equitable workplace, 
including sharing best practice.

Policy on disability
The Group aims to ensure that when considering recruitment, 
training, career development, promotion or any other aspect 
of employment, no employee or job applicant is discriminated 
against, either directly or indirectly, on the grounds of disability. 

If an employee became disabled while in employment and as a 
result was unable to perform their duties, we would make every 
effort to offer suitable alternative employment and assistance 
with retraining.

Internal communication
Future has policies on employee communication, acceptable use 
of IT, health and safety and whistle-blowing, and we have 
a commitment to diversity and opportunity. The new HR and 
recruitment system, which was launched during the year, also 
acts as a hub for all internal communications and ensures that 
our geographically diverse workforce are kept abreast of all key 
developments.

We hold quarterly town hall sessions for all employees and 
extended leadership team meetings where we discuss key 
strategic initiatives and the performance of the business. 
In September 2018 we held an all-company conference in the UK, 
US and Australia. These initiatives ensure that communication is 
constantly improving across the business, reinforce the building 
of a positive working environment where we celebrate successes 
and also help to ensure there is alignment across the business. 

 
33

In addition to this, we have a weekly staff communication 
highlighting best practice across the Group, a monthly CEO 
video blog which covers a round-up of key themes in the month 
and, on an ad-hoc basis, we run an ‘Ask Zillah’ SlackChat session 
where our CEO goes online with the whole Group to answer 
any questions. Our environment is one where we encourage 
employees to give their views freely and contribute to initiatives, 
as this continuously develops and improves our offering for the 
benefit of our consumers and clients. 

Whistle-blowing and anti-bribery policies
It is Future’s policy to conduct all of our business in an honest 
and ethical manner, and we take a zero-tolerance approach 
to bribery and corruption. We are committed to acting 
professionally, fairly and with integrity in all our business 
dealings and relationships, wherever we operate, and we are 
implementing and enforcing effective systems to counter 
bribery and corruption. We have whistle-blowing and anti-
bribery policies which are updated regularly and published on 
our intranet to encourage employees to report, in good faith, any 
genuine suspicions of fraud, bribery or malpractice. The whistle-
blowing policy is also designed to ensure that any employee 
who raises a genuine concern is protected. In addition, to ensure 

All employees reward

In January 2018 we were 
delighted to receive an official 
accreditation confirming Future’s 
status as a living wage employer. 
This resulted in a number of  
employees receiving a salary 
increase. This is based upon 
the cost of living and equates 
to almost a pound more per 
hour than the government set 
minimum wage. As a result of our 
significant financial performance 
we were also able to reward 
all our staff for their talent and 
commitment by paying out, for 
the first time (since  
introduction), the maximum 
amount payable under the  
annual profit pool scheme.

Future is adopting best practice with anti-corruption legislation, 
and to promote transparency, a Review Kit, Trips and Gifts Log 
is in place to track the whereabouts of products sent to us for 
review and the acceptance of gifts and trips by our employees.

Health and safety
The health and safety of all employees is a key priority for the 
Group. Future is largely an office-based environment and all 
locations across the Group comply with relevant legislation and 
we communicate our health and safety policy to all employees. 
In the UK, during the year to 30 September 2018, there were no 
fatalities and 11 minor injuries. There were no fatalities or injuries 
in the US or Australia during the year.  

3. The community

Giving something back 
In the UK the Group has worked in partnership with Bath-based 
charitable foundation Quartet, which makes donations to local 
charities on our behalf, and SpecialEffect, a charity which uses 
video games and technology to enhance the quality of life of 
people with disabilities. We are committed to giving back to our 
local communities and support local charities in both the UK and 
the US. In addition, Future provides a staff matching scheme for 
all employees who raise money for charitable ventures. 

Future in the wider community
Future people have been actively involved in the year with a 
number of national organisations including the Professional 
Publishers Association, European Magazine Media Association, 
Association of Online Publishers, NABS, European & Leisure 
Software Publishers Association, the IPA, the Marketing Society 
and the International Federation of the Periodical Press. 

4. Modern slavery

The Modern Slavery Act 2015 is aimed at combating crimes of 
slavery and human trafficking and addresses the role which a 
commercial organisation has to play in preventing these crimes, 
both within its own business and within its supply chains. We are 
committed to doing business ethically and have a zero-tolerance 
approach to modern slavery. Future’s Modern Slavery Act 
statement is published on our corporate website, 
www.futureplc.com.

5. Human rights

Future is committed to respecting human rights.  We believe 
our business positively impacts human rights by, for example, 
promoting freedom of opinion and expression and facilitating 
the ability to seek, receive and impart information and ideas 
through all media and across borders. In addition, we provide a 
means to participate in the cultural life of the community and 
enjoy the arts. 

As an international company, Future is also aware of the potential 
for adversely impacting human rights and we seek to mitigate 
any such effects through, for example, our efforts to combat 
bribery, corruption and forced labour in our business or in our 
supply chain.

Future plc34

2018

Total

97

-

97

331

3

334

431

Statement of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions for the Group 

Global GHG emissions in tonnes of CO2 equivalent:

Emissions from

2013 (base year)

The combustion of fuel: gas for heating and fuel;  
for vehicles (Scope 1) 

The purchase of electricity: heat, steam or cooling  
by the Group for its own use (Scope 2)

UK

US

Total

UK

US

Total

Total Emissions (CO2e Tonnes)

Total Revenue

Intensity Ratio (CO2e Tonnes per £1m)

Total

470

102

572

1,310

376

1,686

2,258

£112.3m

£124.6m

20.1

3.5

We have reported on all of the emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013.

The emissions sources fall within our financial statements. We do not have responsibility for any emission 
sources that are not included in our financial statements.   

Methodology:

We have used the UK Government’s Environmental Reporting Guidance. We have applied the 2018 
DEFRA GHG Conversion Factor Repository to calculate the CO2e. As a Group with only office-based 
activities and no manufacturing activities, under the GHG Protocol Corporate Standard, our emissions fall 
under Scope 1 (the combustion of fuel) and Scope 2 (the purchase of electricity).

Notes: 
•  Scope 1 – Time periods for combustion of gas for heating – figures for all offices are for the financial year. 
All figures are estimates based on % share of office space within leased buildings except for UK Bath 
offices which are actual consumption where whole buildings or floors within buildings have their  
own meters.  
• Scope 1 – Time periods for combustion of fuel in vehicles – only the UK operates leased vehicles and 
• Scope 2 – Time periods for consumption of electricity – figures for the UK and US offices are for 

figures for the consumption of fuel are based on averaged annual mileage.

the financial year. Figures for the Australian office are pro-rated from typical (August 2018) monthly 
consumption. All figures are estimates based on % share of office space within leased buildings except 
for certain US and UK offices which are actual consumption where whole buildings or floors within 
buildings have their own meters.      

• Scope 2 – Electricity Sources – No electricity was purchased from owned or controlled sources.    
•  Fugitive Emissions – the Group benefits from air conditioning in some of its leasehold buildings. The 
scale of emissions from leaks is very small (estimated to be less than 0.5% of total emissions) and is 
deemed to be immaterial to overall reporting and trends. 
• Base Year - Financial year 2013 is our baseline year.
• Intensity Ratio - we are using ‘Tonnes per £1million revenue’.
• We have maintained our focus on other environmental impacts, particularly initiatives to reduce waste 

and to continue sourcing all our magazine paper from sustainable forestry. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report35

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer  
and Company Secretary

Financial review:

The financial results demonstrate that the 
Group has had a fantastic year and 
achieved significant growth. There are 
exciting times ahead as the business 
builds scale and increasing profitability.

Financial summary – An excellent year

The financial review is based primarily on a comparison of results 
for the year ended 30 September 2018 with those for the year 
ended 30 September 2017. Unless otherwise stated, change 
percentages relate to a comparison of these two periods.

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

Adjusted amortisation

Adjusted operating profit 

Adjusted net finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Earnings per share (p)*

Adjusted earnings per share (p)*

2018

124.6

20.7

(0.6)

(1.6)

18.5

(1.1)

17.4

5.3

4.4

5.1

26.2

2017
£m

84.4

11.0

(0.3)

(1.8)

8.9

(0.6)

8.3

0.8

0.2

3.7

19.7

*2017 figures have been restated to reflect the bonus element of the 2018 rights issue

Items described as ‘Adjusted’ in the table above exclude the 
items detailed as ‘Adjusting’ in the reconciliation below. Adjusted 
items are a non-GAAP measure. For further details refer to the 
section on presentation of non-statutory measures.

A reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to profit before tax is 
shown below: 

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted net finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjusting items: 

Share-based payments (including  
related social security costs)

Exceptional items

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Non-trading foreign exchange gain

Profit before tax

Revenue

2018
£m

18.5

(1.1)

17.4

2017
£m

8.9

(0.6)

8.3

(3.1)

(2.1)

(4.4)

(5.7)

0.2

4.4

(3.7)

(2.3)

-

0.2

Group revenue was up 48% to £124.6m (2017: £84.4m), which 
was achieved both organically (increase of 11%) and through 
acquisition. UK revenue was up 38% to £92.5m (2017: £67.2m) with 
US revenue up 109% to £39.9m (2017: £19.1m).   

Future plc36

Media 

Taxation

Media revenue increased by 88% to £64.2m (2017: £34.1m), 
driven primarily by the Group’s fast-growing revenue streams, 
eCommerce and digital display advertising, and through 
acquisition. On an underlying basis, excluding the impact of  
2018 and home interest acquisitions, Media revenues increased 
by 40%. 

In the UK, Media revenues increased by 100% to £42.3m (2017: 
£21.1m), driven by eCommerce growth of 80% to £8.8m (2017: 
£4.9m) and events growth of 130% to £12.0m (2017: £5.2m). The 
US also experienced exceptional growth, up 102% to £29.7m 
(2017: £14.7m), with eCommerce revenues being the biggest 
driver of this growth – up 134% to £9.4m (2017: £4.0m).   

The tax charge for the year amounted to £1.5m (2017: credit of 
£1.4m), comprising a current tax charge of £1.9m (2017: £0.8m) 
and a deferred tax credit of £0.4m (2017: £2.2m) predominantly 
related to the recognition of further historic US losses (as we now 
expect to generate sufficient profits in the US to utilise them), 
acquired intangible assets and share schemes. The current 
tax charge mainly arises in the UK where the standard rate of 
corporation tax is 19%. 

The Group has also now fully repaid the HMRC settlement 
agreement following the final £2m bullet payment in June 2018.

Earnings per share

Magazine

Magazine revenue increased by 20% to £60.4m (2017: £50.3m) 
largely driven by acquisitions. On an underlying basis, excluding 
the impact of 2018 and home interest acquisitions, Magazine 
revenues declined 8% to £45.7m. 

Basic earnings per share (p)

Adjusted earnings per share (p)

2018

5.1

26.2

2017
*restated

3.7

19.7

The division is constantly looking for ways to innovate and 
published 524 bookazines in the year with revenue totalling 
£9.3m. 

Adjusted EBITDA and operating profit

The Group’s adjusted EBITDA was up 88% to £20.7m (2017: 
£11.0m), of which £15.3m (2017: £6.9m) was UK and £5.4m (2017: 
£4.1m) was US. Operating profit increased by £4.5m to £5.3m 
(2017: £0.8m).

Adjusted operating margin increased to 15% (2017: 11%) and 
gross profit margin increased to 44% (2017: 40%) as the Group 
benefited from strong growth in higher margin Media revenues.

Future’s headcount increased to just over 1,000 from 634 
employees as additional staff joined the Group through the 
various acquisitions. Back office operations are centralised in the 
UK, which enables the Group to take advantage of economies 
of scale and commonality of processes. The NewBay and 
Haymarket titles acquisitions have been fully integrated into the 
Group and the integration of the Purch acquisition is in the early 
stages but progressing in line with expectations. Integration of 
the Australian brands acquired from Nextmedia is also on track.

Exceptional items and impairment

Exceptional costs were £4.4m (2017: £3.7m). These are mainly 
acquisition-related, with deal fees and subsequent integration-
related activity in respect of the acquisitions of NewBay, the 
Haymarket titles and Purch totalling £4.3m. Vacant property, 
other restructuring and transformation-related activity make up 
the balance of exceptional items. 

Net finance costs

Net finance costs increased to £0.9m (2017: £0.6m) reflecting 
higher interest costs as the Group funded the acquisitions of the 
Haymarket titles and NewBay through new and existing bank 
facilities. 

The Group’s adjusted pre-tax profit was £17.4m (2017: £8.3m) 
and reported pre-tax profit was £4.4m (2017: £0.2m) reflecting 
significantly improved levels of profitability. 

* 2017 figures have been restated to reflect the bonus element of the 2018 rights issue

Adjusted earnings per share is based on the profit after taxation 
which is then adjusted to exclude share-based payments 
(including related social security costs), exceptional items, 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, impairment of 
intangible assets, non-trading foreign exchange and related  
tax effects.

The adjusted profit after tax amounted to £14.9m (2017: £8.6m) 
and the weighted average number of shares in issue was 56.9m 
(2017 restated: 43.6m), the increase reflecting the impact of 
the rights issue that was completed in August 2018 to fund the 
Purch acquisition. 

Dividend

The Board is recommending a final dividend of 0.5p per share 
for the year ended 30 September 2018, payable on 15 February 
2019 to all shareholders on the register at close of business on 18 
January 2019. 

Cash flow and net debt

Net debt at 30 September 2018 was £17.8m (2017: £10.0m) 
reflecting the additional draw-down of debt to fund both the 
acquisitions of NewBay and the Haymarket titles.

During the year, there was a cash inflow from operations before 
exceptional items of £19.8m (2017: £17.1m) reflecting the significant 
improvement in the Group’s trading performance and the 
significant focus on improving the Group’s working capital cycle. 

A reconciliation of adjusted operating cash inflow to cash inflow 
from operations is included below:

Adjusted operating cash inflow

Cash flows related to exceptional items

Cash inflow from operations

2018
£m

19.8

(5.1)

14.7

2017
£m

17.1

(5.1)

12.0

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial review 
 
37

Financial 
review

Other significant movements in cash flows include exceptional 
payments of £5.1m (2017: £5.1m), £2.4m (2017: £1.8m) of capital 
expenditure, net proceeds from issuing shares (via a rights issue) 
of £102.3m, draw-down of bank loans (net of repayments and 
arrangement fees) of £4.0m and payments of £117.1m (net of 
cash acquired) to fund acquisitions. Foreign exchange and other 
movements accounted for the balance of cash flows.

The Group continued to be extremely cash generative with 
adjusted cash conversion of 96% (2017: 155%) and adjusted free 
cash flow increasing to £17.4m (2017: £15.3m) reflecting the 
ongoing efficient cash management by the Group. 

The Group remains a very low capital intensive business with 
capital expenditure as a percentage of adjusted EBITDA of  
only 12%.

Credit facility

The Group had available facilities of £28.2m at 30 September 
2018. This includes £5.4m of facilities which were taken out during 
2018 to part-fund the NewBay acquisition which are due for 
repayment in July 2019, with the remainder expiring in June 2021. 
Further details of these facilities are included within note 17 to the 
financial statements.  

Going concern

After due consideration, the Directors have concluded that 
there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. For this reason the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 30 September 2018.

Key performance indicators (KPIs)

Management uses a number of KPIs to measure the Group’s 
operational and financial performance, the most important of 
which are set out on page 2.

Conclusion

The Group has completed transformational acquisitions during 
the last 12 months and moves into a new exciting phase of its 
development. The Group is well placed to achieve its ambitions 
for 2019 and beyond.

The Strategic Report (which comprises Group overview, 
Chairman’s Statement, Future Playbook, Loyal communities - our 
verticals, Chief Executive’s review, Risks and uncertainties and 
Corporate responsibility sections) and the Financial Review are 
approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary
12 December 2018

Future plci

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

r
e
v
i
e
w

 
Anna Calvi shot for 
Guitarist Magazine.

Strong leadership

40

Board of 
Directors

Richard Huntingford 
Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman 
sn

Richard was appointed to the Board 
on 1 December 2017 and took over as 
Chairman on 1 February 2018. Richard 
had a 20-year career at Chrysalis plc and 
was CEO from 2000 to 2007, following 
which he was Chairman of Virgin Radio 
until its sale in 2008. More recently, he 
has been Non-Executive Chairman of 
Wireless Group plc (formerly UTV Media 
plc) from 2012 to 2016 and Non-Executive 
Director/Chairman of Creston plc from 
2011 to 2016. He is currently Chairman 
of Crown Place VCT plc and Non-
Executive Director of JP Morgan Mid Cap 
Investment Trust plc and The Bankers 
Investment Trust plc. He is a chartered 
accountant, having qualified with KPMG.

Zillah Byng-Thorne  
Chief Executive  
s

Penny Ladkin-Brand 
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary

Zillah was appointed as Chief Executive 
on 1 April 2014. She joined Future in 
November 2013 as Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary. Prior to her 
appointment to the Board, she was Chief 
Financial Officer of Trader Media Group 
(owner of Auto Trader), from 2009 to 
2012, and interim Chief Executive Officer 
from 2012 to 2013. Before this, Zillah was 
Commercial Director and Chief Financial 
Officer at Fitness First Limited and 
Chief Financial Officer of the Thresher 
Group. Zillah is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Gocompare.com Group plc 
and PaddyPowerBetfair plc. She is a 
chartered management account (CIMA), 
and qualified treasurer (ACT). She has 
a MA in Management from Glasgow 
University and a MSc in Behavioural 
Change from Henley Business School.

Penny was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer and Company Secretary on 3 
August 2015, having joined the business 
as interim Chief Financial Officer in June 
2015. Prior to this she was Commercial 
Director at AutoTrader Group plc. Penny 
has a background in digital media and 
expertise in digital monetisation models. 
Penny is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Next Fifteen Communications 
Group plc. She is a chartered accountant, 
having qualified with PwC. She has a 
BA Honours in Classics from Oxford 
University and is also a Trustee of The 
Media Trust.

Hugo Drayton 
Independent Non-Executive  
sl

Alan Newman 
Independent Non-Executive 
ln

Rob Hattrell 
Independent Non-Executive 
s

Hugo was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director of Future plc on 1 December 
2014. He is CEO of the advertising 
technology business Inskin Media. 
Prior to Inskin, he spent two years as 
CEO of behavioural targeting specialist, 
Phorm, following two years as European 
Managing Director of Advertising.com. He 
spent 10 years at The Telegraph Group, as 
Group Managing Director, and previously 
as Marketing & New Media Director. Hugo 
is a trustee of the British Skin Foundation, 
chaired the British Internet Publishers’ 
Alliance, and is a regular contributor to 
trade press and publishing conferences. 
Hugo is Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee and Senior Independent 
Director.

Alan was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Future plc on 6 February 
2018. Alan was Chief Financial Officer of 
YouGov plc from 2008 to 2017 and before 
that was a Partner at Ernst & Young 
Business Advisory Services and at KPMG 
Consulting, where he worked mainly with 
clients in the media, telecommunications 
and technology sectors. He previously 
held corporate management roles at 
Pearson plc and MAI plc (now United 
Business Media). Alan is Chairman of the 
Freud Museum London. He is a chartered 
accountant and has an MA in Modern 
Languages (French and Spanish) from 
Cambridge University.

Rob was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 October 2018 and is Vice 
President of eBay UK where he leads one 
of eBay’s strongest markets worldwide. 
Previously at Tesco, Rob was most 
recently responsible for the supermarket’s 
General Merchandise business across the 
UK and Central Europe. He has also held 
the position of Partner in the global retail 
practice at Accenture. Rob graduated 
from Oxford University with a degree in 
Geography.

Richard Huntingford was appointed to the Board as an independent Non-
Executive Director on 1 December 2017 and succeeded Peter Allen as Chairman 
in February 2018. Alan Newman was appointed to the Board as an independent 
Non-Executive Director on 6 February 2018. Rob Hattrell was also appointed as an 
independent Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2018. James Hanbury stepped 
down as Deputy Chairman on 30 September 2018. Hugo Drayton was appointed 
Senior Independent Director in October 2018. See page 47 for further detail.

s
Member of the 
Nomination 
Committee

l
Member of the 
Remuneration 
Committee

n
Member of 
the Audit 
Committee

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance41

Directors’ 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

Directors’ report

The Directors are pleased to present their annual report 
for the year ended 30 September 2018. The information 
presented in this Directors’ report relates to Future plc 
and its subsidiaries and the Chairman’s statement, Chief 
Executive’s review, Financial review and Corporate 
responsibility statement are each incorporated by 
reference into, and form part of, this Directors’ report.

Principal activity

The principal activity of the Company and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) is the publishing of special-interest content, notably 
in the areas of: technology; games and entertainment; music; 
photography and design; hobbies; home interest and B2B 
sectors, across a range of international locations. 

The Company is a public company limited by shares listed on 
the London Stock Exchange and is incorporated and domiciled 
in the UK. It has subsidiaries operating in the UK, the US and 
Australia.

Business review 

condition of the Group. By their nature, these statements involve 
uncertainty since future events and circumstances can cause 
results to differ from those anticipated. The forward-looking 
statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date 
of preparation of this Annual Report and the Company undertakes 
no obligation to update those forward-looking statements.

Result of 2018 Annual General Meeting

All resolutions put to the Annual General Meeting held on 5 
February 2018 were passed unanimously on a show of hands. 
Shareholders holding more than 71% of all issued shares 
submitted proxy votes and of those, more than 83% of all proxy 
votes cast were in favour of all resolutions.

The purpose of the Annual Report is to provide information to the 
shareholders of the Company.

Reported financial results

Reviews of the Group’s activities during the year, the position 
at the year-end and developments since then are set out in the 
Chairman’s statement, the Chief Executive’s review, the Corporate 
Governance report and the Financial review. The Financial review 
and Strategic report explain financial performance, KPIs, the 
position at the year-end, any post balance sheet events, any likely 
future developments and a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group and how these are managed.

The audited financial statements for the year ended 30 
September 2018 are set out on pages 72 to 106. Details of the 
Group’s results are set out in the consolidated income statement 
on page 72 and in the notes to the financial statements on pages 
83 to 106.  

Dividends

The Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements 
with respect to the operations, performance and financial 

The Board’s policy is that dividends should be covered at least 
four times by adjusted earnings per share and free cashflow. The 

Significant shareholdings

At 12 December 2018, the Company had been notified of the following significant interests in its Ordinary shares:

Shareholder

Aberforth Partners 

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management (Inst)

Invesco

Slater Investments

Merian Global Investors

AXA Framlington Investment Managers

BlackRock

Herald Investment Management

Total number of shares in issue

Number of shares

Percentage of 
issued share capital

8,869,259

8,652,196

8,125,722

6,795,250

4,882,392

4,427,759

4,098,540

2,485,082

48,336,200

81,849,101

10.84%

10.57%

9.93%

8.30%

5.97%

5.41%

5.01%

3.04%

59.06%

100%

Future plc42

Restated
Balance as at
30 September 2017

Purchases
during the year

Share scheme 
exercises during 
the year

Balance as at
30 September 2018 
(or date of  
resignation if 
earlier)

Sales during  
the year

108,255

31,780

-

45,436

-

-

86,167

16,859

131,811

52,720

24,500

23,502

8,750

-

-

-

222,689

(193,000)

269,75510

167,652

(55,000)

197,15210

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

24,500

68,938

8,750

-

86,1678

16,8599

672,121

288,497

241,283

390,341

(248,000)

Directors’ shareholdings (audited)

Directors in office at 30 September 2018

Executive2

Zillah Byng-Thorne3

Penny Ladkin-Brand4

Non-executive

Richard Huntingford5

James Hanbury6

Alan Newman7

Hugo Drayton

Peter Allen

Manjit Wolstenholme

Total

1.  All holdings are beneficial.
2. Details of the share options and awards for Executive Directors are set out on page 57. No such options or awards are granted to Non-Executive Directors.
3. On 27 November 2017, following the full vesting of the PSP award granted on 16 July 2014, Zillah Byng-Thorne received 166,667 Ordinary shares which she sold on 29 November 

2017. Also on 27 November 2017, following the achievement of the 2017 Annual Bonus EBITDA target, Zillah Byng-Thorne received a bonus share award of 56,022 Ordinary shares 
(of which 26,333 shares were sold on 29 November 2017 to cover the tax and national insurance arising). On 20 August 2018 Zillah Byng-Thorne acquired 89,311 shares at £3.03 per 
share through taking up 86% of her rights following the completion of the rights issue that was announced on 18 July 2018. Max Thorne, a person closely associated with Zillah 
Byng-Thorne, (who held no Ordinary Shares prior to the rights issue), acquired 42,500 shares through the rights issue process on 20 August 2018 and now holds 42,500 Ordinary 
Shares which are included in the total for Zillah Byng-Thorne above. Share awards granted on 30 November 2015 vested in full on 23 November 2018.

4. On 27 November 2017, following the achievement of the 2017 Annual Bonus EBITDA target, Penny Ladkin-Brand received a bonus share award of 38,515 Ordinary shares. On 1 
September 2018, following the vesting in full of the PSP award that was granted on 3 August 2015 Penny Ladkin-Brand received 109,856 Ordinary shares (of which she sold 
55,000 on 24 September 2018 to cover the tax and national insurance arising). On 20 August 2018 Penny Ladkin-Brand acquired 46,754 shares at £3.03 per share through taking 
up her rights in full following the completion of the rights issue that was announced on 18 July 2018. On 20 August 2018 Mark Brand, a person closely associated 
with Penny Ladkin-Brand acquired 5,966 shares at £3.03 per share through taking up his rights in full following the completion of the rights issue that was announced on 18 July 
2018. Mark Brand now holds 13,921 Ordinary Shares (which are included in the balance for Penny Ladkin-Brand above). Share awards granted on 30 November 2015 vested in full 
on 23 November 2018.

5. Richard Huntingford purchased 14,000 ordinary shares at a price of £4.93 per share on 18 July 2018 and on 20 August 2018  acquired a further 10,500 at £3.03 per share through 

taking up his rights in full following the completion of the rights issue that was announced on 18 July 2018.

6. On 20 August 2018 James Hanbury acquired 23,502 shares at £3.03 per share through taking up a portion of his rights following the completion of the rights issue that was 

announced on 18 July 2018.

7. On 20 August 2018 Alan Newman purchased 5,000 ordinary shares at a price of £4.95 per share and on 20 July 2018 a further 3,750 at £3.03 per share through taking up his rights 

in full following the completion of the rights issue that was announced on 18 July 2018.
8. Balance for Peter Allen is as at 1 February 2018, the date of his resignation from the Board.
9. Balance for Manjit Wolstenholme is as at 23 November 2017, the date of her resignation from the Board. 
10. Since 30 September 2018 the Executive Directors have transacted in shares (following the vesting of share awards on 23 November 2018). At 12 December 2018,  
      Zillah Byng-Thorne held 218,866 shares and Penny Ladkin-Brand held 162,112 shares. 

Company’s Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) waives its entitlement 
to any dividends. The Board is recommending a final dividend for 
the year of 0.5p per share.

Share capital

The Company has a single class of share capital which is 
divided into Ordinary shares of fifteen pence each. The rights 
and obligations attaching to the Company’s Ordinary shares 
and provisions governing the appointment and replacement 
of, as well as the powers of, the Directors are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association, copies of which can be 
obtained from Companies House in the UK or by writing to the 
Company Secretary. Save for restrictions that may from time 
to time be set out in the Company’s Articles of Association or 
imposed by laws and regulations (including the Listing Rules 
of the Financial Conduct Authority), there are no restrictions 
on the voting rights attaching to the Ordinary shares or on the 
transfer of the Ordinary shares. The Articles of Association may 
be amended only by a special resolution of the Company’s 
shareholders. 

34.9 million shares were issued by way of a rights issue to fund 
the acquisition of Purch. The balance of shares issued during 
the year were issued in satisfaction of employee share awards 
vesting or Share Incentive Plan matching share awards during 
the year. In June 2018 the Company’s share premium account of 
£47.4m was cancelled by special resolution, confirmed by the 
High Court of Justice in July 2018. 

Directors

Biographical details of the Directors holding office as at 12 
December 2018 are set out on page 40. 

Directors’ shareholdings in the Company’s share capital are set 
out above. No Director has any interest in any other share capital 
of the Company or any other Group company, nor does any 
Director have a material interest in any contract of significance 
to the Group.

Significant agreements

Details of all movements in share capital are given in note 21 on 
page 99. As at 30 September 2018, the number of shares in issue 
was 81.5 million. This represents an increase of 80% compared 
with the number of shares in issue as at 30 September 2017. 
In April 2018, 0.3 million shares were issued by the Company 
to part fund the acquisition of NewBay Media. In May 2018, 
0.4 million shares were issued by the Company to part fund 
the acquisition of the titles from Haymarket. In August 2018, 

The provisions of the European Directive on Takeover Bids (as 
implemented in the UK in the Companies Act 2006) require 
the Company to disclose any significant agreements which 
take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the 
Company. In common with many other companies, the Group’s 
bank facility (details of which are set out in note 17 on page 94) is 
terminable upon change of control of the Company. In common 
with market practice, awards under certain of the Group’s 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance43

Directors’ 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

long-term incentive plans (details of which are set out in the 
Directors’ remuneration report on pages 53 to 56 and note 22 
on pages 99 to 102) will vest or potentially be exchangeable into 
awards over a purchaser’s share capital upon change of control 
of the Company. There is also a change of control provision in the 
service agreements of the two Executive Directors, exercisable 
within three months of a change of control by the Company or 
on one month’s notice by the executive to expire no later than 
three months from the date of the change of control.  

Financial instruments

Information in relation to the Group’s use of financial 
instruments is set out in note 20 on pages 95 to 98.

Ordinary resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration 
implementation report

Shareholders will be asked to approve the Directors’ 
remuneration implementation report for the financial year 
ended 30 September 2018, which is set out on pages 53 to 60.

Ordinary resolution 3 – Directors’ remuneration  
policy report

Shareholders will be asked to approve the amendments to 
the Directors’ remuneration policy for the three year period 
commencing 1 October 2016, which are proposed within the 
Directors’ remuneration report set out on pages 61 to 64.

Corporate governance

Ordinary resolution 4 – Declaration of a dividend

The Board’s report on this subject is set out on pages 47 to 50.

Political contributions

No political contributions were made during either the current or 
prior years.

Conflicts of interest

The Board has a set of procedures to ensure that: (i) conflicts of 
interest are raised by Directors (and any potential Directors prior 
to appointment); (ii) appropriate guidelines are followed before 
any conflict is authorised (including ensuring that only Directors 
who have no interest in the matter being considered will be 
able to take the relevant decision and in taking the decision the 
Directors act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most 
likely to promote the Company’s success); and (iii) records are 
kept of conflicts of interest and authorisations. The Directors are 
satisfied that the Board’s powers of authorisation of conflicts 
are operating effectively and that the procedures have been 
followed. The procedures and any authorisations will continue to 
be reviewed annually.

Corporate responsibility

The Board considers that issues of corporate responsibility are 
important. The Board’s report, including the Group’s policies 
on employee involvement and disability, and a statement on 
Greenhouse Gas Emissions for the Group, is set out on pages 31 
to 34.

Annual General Meeting 2018 

At the Company’s twentieth Annual General Meeting, which will 
be held on 7 February 2019 at 10:30am at Future’s London office 
at 1-10 Praed Mews, London, W2 1QY, a number of resolutions 
will be proposed. The resolutions are set out in the Notice of 
Annual General Meeting on pages 107 to 108 and an explanation 
of all proposed resolutions is provided below.

Ordinary resolution 1 – Financial statements

Shareholders will be asked to approve the financial statements 
of the Company for the financial year ended 30 September 
2018, together with the reports of the Directors and auditors. 
The audited financial statements appear on pages 72 to 106.

Shareholders will be asked to approve a final dividend of 0.5p 
per ordinary share for the year ended 30 September 2018, as 
recommended by the Directors. The dividend, if approved, will 
be payable on 15 February 2019 to shareholders on the register 
at the close of business on 18 January 2019.

Ordinary resolutions 5 to 10 – Election of Alan Newman 
and Rob Hattrell and annual re-election of other 
Directors

Following Alan Newman’s appointment to the Board on 6 
February 2018, and Rob Hattrell’s appointment to the Board on 1 
October 2018, they stand for election to confirm their respective 
appointments.

Consistent with our policy since 2004, all Directors with the 
exception of James Hanbury, who elected to stand down at 
30 September 2018, are proposed for re-election. Biographical 
details of all Directors are set out on page 40.

Ordinary resolutions 11 and 12 – Auditors

A resolution proposing the reappointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company and 
authorising the Directors to determine their remuneration 
will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting. An 
explanation regarding the Board’s proposal to reappoint 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors can be found on page 
50 in the Corporate Governance report.

Ordinary resolution 13 – To authorise the Directors to 
issue and allot new Ordinary shares

Under the provisions of section 551 of the Companies Act 
2006 (the “Act”), the Directors may allot and issue Ordinary 
shares only if authorised to do so by the Company’s Articles 
of Association or by shareholders at a shareholders’ meeting. 
Consistent with guidance issued by the Investment Association 
this resolution will, if passed, authorise the Directors to allot 
shares up to a maximum nominal value of £8,184,910 as follows:

(a) in relation to a pre-emptive rights issue only, equity 
securities (as defined by section 560 of the Act) up to a 
maximum nominal amount of £8,184,910 which represents 
approximately two thirds of the Company’s issued Ordinary 
shares (excluding treasury shares) as at 12 December 2018. This 
maximum is reduced by the nominal amount of any equity 
securities allotted under paragraph 13.2 of the Notice of AGM; 
and

Future plc44

(b) in any other case, equity securities up to a maximum 
nominal amount of £4,092,455 which represents just under 
one third of the Company’s issued Ordinary shares as at 12 
December 2018. This maximum is reduced by the nominal 
amount of any equity securities allotted under paragraph 13.1 
of the Notice of AGM in excess of £4,092,455. If granted, this 
authority would replace all previous authorities granted in this 
connection. The authority granted by this resolution will expire 
on 6 May 2020 or, if earlier, following the conclusion of the next 
AGM of the Company. If the Directors exercise the authority 
granted under paragraph 13.1 of the Notice of AGM, they will all 
stand for re-election at the following AGM. 

The Directors shall exercise this authority in connection with 
exercises under share incentive schemes. In addition, there 
may be circumstances where it would be appropriate for the 
Company to issue new Ordinary shares, such as an acquisition 
where it might be appropriate for the consideration to be 
settled in whole, or in part, by the issue of new Ordinary shares. 
The Company does not hold any shares in treasury.

Ordinary resolution 14 – Approval of political donations

It remains the policy of the Company not to make political 
donations or to incur political expenditure, as those expressions 
are normally understood. However, following broader 
definitions introduced by the Act, the Directors continue 
to propose a resolution designed to avoid inadvertent 
infringement of these definitions.

The Act requires companies to obtain shareholders’ authority 
for donations to registered political parties and other political 
organisations totalling more than £5,000 in any 12-month 
period, and for any political expenditure, subject to limited 
exceptions. 

The definition of donation in this context is very wide and 
extends to bodies such as those concerned with policy review, 
law reform and the representation of the business community. 
It could also include special interest groups, such as those 
involved with the environment, which the Company and its 
subsidiaries might wish to support, even though these activities 
are not designed to support or to influence support for any 
particular political party. 

Special resolution 15 – Disapplication of statutory pre-
emption rights

Resolution 15 will, if passed, authorise the Directors in certain 
circumstances to allot equity securities (as defined by section 
560 of the Act) or sell shares for cash other than in accordance 
with the statutory pre-emption rights (which require a 
company to offer all allotments for cash first to existing 
shareholders in proportion to their holdings). The relevant 
circumstances are either where the allotment takes place 
in connection with a rights issue or the allotment is limited 
to a maximum nominal amount of £613,868 representing 
approximately 5% of the nominal value of the issued Ordinary 
share capital of the Company as at 12 December 2018 being the 
latest practicable date before publication of the Notice of AGM. 
Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at 
the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or 6 May 2020, 
whichever is the earlier. 

The figure of 5% reflects the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of 
Principles for the disapplication of pre-emption rights and the 
Directors will have due regard to the Principles in relation to the 
exercise of this authority.

Special resolution 16 – Additional disapplication of  
pre-emption rights

This resolution seeks a further power pursuant to the authority 
granted by resolution 13 to allot equity securities (as defined 
by section 560 of the Act) or sell shares for cash other than 
in accordance with the statutory pre-emption rights (which 
require a company to offer all allotments for cash first to 
existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings) up 
to a maximum nominal amount of £613,868, representing 
approximately 5% of the nominal value of the issued Ordinary 
share capital of the Company as at 12 December 2018, being the 
latest practicable date before publication of the Notice of AGM. 
This is in addition to the 5% referred to in resolution 15 above 
and, unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will 
expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or 6 
May 2020, whichever is the earlier.

The Directors will have due regard to the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles in relation to the exercise of this 
authority and confirm they intend to use this power only 
where that allotment is in connection with an acquisition or 
specified capital investment (within the meaning given in 
the most recent Statement of Principles) which is announced 
contemporaneously with the allotment, or which has taken 
place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the 
announcement of the allotment.

Special resolution 17 – General meetings on 14 days’ 
notice

Notice periods for AGMs must give at least 21 days’ clear 
notice. For other general meetings, the old minimum notice 
period of 14 days was increased to 21 days by the Companies 
(Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009, unless shareholders 
approve a shorter period of at least 14 clear days. In the interests 
of greater efficiency, resolution 17 seeks to renew approval for 
notice periods of at least 14 clear days. 

Action to be taken

A form of proxy is included with this Annual Report for use in 
connection with the Annual General Meeting. Please complete 
and return the form in accordance with the instructions printed 
on it to Computershare Investor Services plc, The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZY as soon as possible and, 
in any event, no later than 10:30am on 5th February 2019. The 
return of the form of proxy will not prevent you from attending 
the Annual General Meeting and voting in person if you wish 
to do so. Further information about the AGM, including about 
electronic appointment of proxies, is provided on pages 109  
to 111. 

Recommendations

The Board believes that each of the resolutions to be proposed 
at the Annual General Meeting is in the best interests of the 
Company and its shareholders as a whole. Accordingly, the 
Directors unanimously recommend that you vote in favour of all 
of the resolutions proposed, as they intend to do in respect of 
their own beneficial holdings.

Annual General Meeting procedures and result

As in previous years, the Company will: (a) indicate the level of 
proxies lodged on each resolution; (b) announce the results of 
voting to the London Stock Exchange; and (c) post the results of 
voting on our corporate website, www.futureplc.com. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance• the Directors’ report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and Company, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it 
faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ 
report is approved:
• so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Group and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and 

• they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken 
as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Group 
and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary
12 December 2018

45

Directors’ 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of 
the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as adopted by the European Union and Company financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union. Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Company 
for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them

consistently;

• state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European

Union have been followed for the Group financial 
statements and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 
have been followed for the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements;

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Directors’ confirmations

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in 
the Board of Directors section on page 40, confirm that, to the 
best of their knowledge:
• the Company financial statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and  profit of the Company;
• the Group financial statements, which have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group; and

Future plcC
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Toshihiro Nagoshi – 
chief creative officer 
for Sega – shot in Japan 
for EDGE magazine.

 
47

Corporate 
governance 
report

The principle  
of governance

Corporate governance does not mean ticking various 
legislative and regulatory boxes, but requires a 
thoughtful and considered approach from the Board 
down to the Company’s operations to identify and apply 
the principles of correct corporate governance  

Our approach to corporate governance

In this report, we provide detail on the role of the Board of 
Directors, followed by a more detailed focus on the work of 
each of the three key committees: the Audit Committee, the 
Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee. 
Together, these give a clear insight into how we manage 
corporate governance principles and processes within the Group.

As a Standard Listed entity, the Group is not required to comply 
with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (as 
amended from time to time) and the Group has therefore not 
adopted the UK Corporate Governance Code (April 2016) (the 
“2016 Code”). However, the Directors continue to comply with the 
key Principles of the 2016 Code, and it is the Group’s intention 
to comply with the key Principles of the new UK Corporate 
Governance Code (July 2018) (the “2018 Code”). A thorough 
review of the Group’s compliance against the Provisions of the 
2018 Code is underway and will be completed during the year 
ending 30 September 2019.

1. Board of Directors

Membership of the Board
The Board consists of two Executive and four independent Non-
Executive Directors. Biographies of Directors and details of their 
other time commitments are set out on page 40. 

Board changes during the year
Richard Huntingford was appointed to the Board as an 
independent Non-Executive Director on 1 December 2017  
and succeeded Peter Allen as Chairman in February 2018. 
Richard brings over 30 years of media experience to the Board. 
Very sadly, the Group’s senior independent Non-Executive 
Director, Manjit Wolstenholme, passed away unexpectedly in 
November 2017. 

Alan Newman was appointed as an independent Non-Executive 
Director to the Board on 6 February 2018 and brings with him 
significant media and PLC experience. Rob Hattrell was also 
appointed as an independent Non-Executive on 1 October 2018 
and adds significant eCommerce experience to the Board.

Following Disruptive Capital Investments Limited’s shareholding 
falling below 10% its right to have a Board representative 
lapsed and as a result James Hanbury stepped down as Deputy 
Chairman on 30 September 2018. James has made a significant 
contribution since joining the Board following the acquisition of 
Imagine in October 2016.

Hugo Drayton was appointed senior independent Director in 
October 2018.

There were no other changes to the Board during the year ended 
30 September 2018. 

Role of the Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executives play a critical role on the Board in overseeing 
and scrutinising the running of the business and in ensuring that 
corporate governance remains at the top of the agenda. 

The Non-Executive Directors all serve three-year terms, 
terminable by either party on three months’ notice at any time 
and subject to their election and annual re-election or removal by 
shareholders. Although annual re-election is not a requirement for 
Future, we believe it is the best way to ensure Non-Executives are 
directly accountable to shareholders.

All of the Non-Executive Directors serving at the date of this 
report are considered to be independent by the Board. There is 
a genuine mix of views and insights, as well as experience. Each 
Non-Executive Director is expected to commit 20 days a year to 
their role to allow for preparation for, and attendance at, Board 
and Committee meetings and keeping in touch with the senior 
management team, shareholders and other stakeholders.

The Board reviews the other commitments and Board roles 
held by the Non-Executive Directors to ensure that they are 
able to fulfil their obligations to the Company. In this regard, it 
should be noted that the majority of Richard Huntingford’s other 
commitments are at investment trusts. 

Roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive
The duties and responsibilities of the Board are effectively 
divided so that the Chairman leads the Board and the Chief 
Executive leads the business. 

Board meetings
The Board had seven scheduled meetings during the financial 
year and attendance is summarised opposite. The Board had a 
further seven unscheduled telephone meetings to discuss and 
approve aspects of the acquisitions made during the year and 
also to finalise the 2017 annual results, during which a sufficient 
quorum of Directors were present.

All Directors are aware of the need to be available and there is a 
clear contact process. Board meetings are sometimes preceded 
by an informal dinner where Board Directors can meet with, and 
discuss business issues with, the Group’s senior management team. 

There is a regular and comprehensive exchange of information 
between meetings to ensure Board members are well 
informed to participate effectively in meetings. Directors 
receive a Board pack before each meeting with minutes of the 
previous meeting, all papers for agenda items, a report from 
the Company Secretary summarising any key legal issues and 
providing any regulatory/legislative updates, and a summary 
of share ownership and recent share dealing. Similar packs 
are provided for all Committee meetings. Between meetings, 
the Board receives a monthly Board report written by the 
Executive Directors which summarises financial and operational 
performance and provides updates on key programmes within 
the business.

There is a written schedule of matters reserved for the Board 
which sets out those matters that require Board approval 
including setting strategy, approving budgets and financial 
statements and setting up policies. It was noted that 45 matters 
had been considered by the Board during the year. The schedule 
is available on the Company’s website at www.futureplc.com. 
The Board delegates day-to-day operational matters to the 
Group’s senior management team. 

Future plc48

Board meetings

Director

Peter Allen 
(resigned 1 February 2018)

Richard Huntingford 
(appointed 1 December 2017)

Zillah Byng-Thorne  

Manjit Wolstenholme 
(resigned 23 November 2017) 

Hugo Drayton 
Penny Ladkin-Brand  

James Hanbury 
(resigned 30 September 2018)

Alan Newman
(appointed 6 February 2018) 

Attendance  
(7 scheduled meetings)

2 of 2

5 of 5

7 of 7

2 of 2

7 of 7
7 of 7

7 of 7

4 of 4

1.  Manjit Wolstenholme resigned from the Board on 23 November 2017 
and Peter Allen resigned from the Board on 1 February 2018. Richard 
Huntingford joined the Board on 1 December 2017 and took over as 
Chairman on 1 February 2018. Alan Newman joined the Board on 6 
February 2018 and James Hanbury resigned from the Board on 30 
September 2018.

Board decisions are made unanimously whenever possible, but 
can be made by majority. If Directors have concerns that cannot 
be resolved about the running of the Company or a proposed 
action, their concerns are recorded in the minutes. No such 
concerns arose in the year. The Board regularly appoints a sub-
committee consisting of at least two Directors in order to finalise 
and approve those matters that have been approved in principle 
by the Board, subject to final amendments only. A permanent 
sub-committee consisting of at least two Directors exists to 
approve the issue and allotment of new shares in satisfaction of 
employee share schemes.

The Board has a number of nominated advisers (as listed 
on page 113). During the last financial year meetings were 
regularly held with key advisers to keep them aware of issues, 
and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP attended Audit Committee 
meetings and briefings with members of the Executive and 
senior finance teams.

Advice and support
All Directors have access to the Company Secretary who can 
advise them on issues of governance, best practice and any 
other legislative or regulatory matters. The appointment and 
removal of the Company Secretary is a Board decision. The 
Directors may also take independent professional advice at 

the Company’s expense provided that they give notice to the 
Chairman. No such advice was sought during 2018. The Company 
maintains appropriate insurance for its Directors.

Effective Development

Training and induction
The Board’s training and development policy requires that 
all new Directors should receive appropriate induction on 
joining the Board, both in respect of the Group’s activities as a 
whole and of each operating company individually. Ongoing 
training for Directors is available as appropriate whether by 
presentations to the Board by senior management or more 
formally where individual Directors request training on 
specific issues. The training and development needs of each 
individual Director are assessed and discussed as part of the 
annual Board performance evaluation process. The Board 
encourages appropriate training, and regular updates and 
refresher sessions are provided by the Company Secretary and 
the Company’s legal advisers and auditors, to inform the Board 
or relevant Committees of important changes in legislation, 
regulation and best practice.

Performance evaluation
The Directors completed a detailed Board performance 
evaluation questionnaire as part of the annual performance 
evaluation process. Each questionnaire was analysed and the 
Chairman discussed the Board’s performance during the year 
and any specific requirements for training and development 
with each Director. The Board considers this exercise to be of 
significant value in ensuring a functional and effective Board 
and Committees.

Going concern
The Directors are required to make an assessment of the 
Group’s ability to continue to trade as a going concern. After 
due consideration, the Directors have concluded that there is a 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
For this reason they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the Group’s financial statements.

Financial covenant compliance
Key covenants are tested quarterly and the Group was in full 
compliance with all covenants at all testing dates during the year. 
The Group has covenants in respect of net debt/bank EBITDA and 
bank EBITDA/interest. Further details are included within note 17 
on pages 94 and 95.

Risk management and internal controls
Details of the principal risks and the Group’s approach to 
managing them are set out on pages 28 to 30. The Board 

Summary of performance evaluation

Objectives for 2018

Steps taken during 2018

Support management in developing the executive 
team and succession planning in respect of key roles

A review of executive team undertaken and plans for 
succession / cover in an emergency detailed where 
key dependencies highlighted. Further work to be 
undertaken in this area in 2019.

Support management grow the business  
through acquisition

Significant acquisitions completed in the year 
including NewBay, the Haymarket titles and Purch.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance49

Corporate 
governance 
report

conducted an annual review of financial, operational, legal and 
compliance risks with the assistance of members of the Group 
legal and finance teams and the Executive Committee to ensure 
that there is a sound system of internal controls in place and that 
these are sufficient to manage (rather than eliminate) those risks 
effectively. No significant failings or weaknesses were identified as 
part of this review. 

The internal controls that are in place to ensure effective risk 
management are structured to ensure a timely flow of information 
within the Group and a clear structure of delegated authority and 
responsibility. The main features of the Group’s internal control 
and risk management systems are explained further in the 
following paragraphs.

The Board reviewed and endorsed a summary of the Group’s 
internal control framework during the year.

The Group finance team manages the financial reporting process 
ensuring that there is appropriate control and review of the 
financial information including the production of the consolidated 
financial statements. Group finance is supported by commercial 
finance directors who have the responsibility and accountability 
to provide information in accordance with the Group’s policies and 
procedures. 

The Executive Committee holds monthly meetings with senior 
management in order to provide a proper opportunity for 
financial results and other business and operational issues to be 
explored and addressed in a timely manner. 

Internal audit
The Audit Committee and the Board have again during 2018 
reconsidered whether there is a need for an internal audit 
function. It was concluded that, whilst an independent internal 
audit department with the necessary technical skills is not 
currently justified, the Committee should continue to review this 
subject each year. 

Whistle-blowing and anti-bribery policies
As part of its internal controls, the Group has whistle-blowing and 
anti-bribery policies which are updated regularly and published 
on the Group’s intranet to encourage employees to report, in good 
faith, any genuine suspicions of fraud, bribery or malpractice in 
order to identify any problems within the Group at an early stage. 
The whistle-blowing policy is also designed to ensure that any 
employee who raises a genuine concern is protected. 

Relations with shareholders/communication
We aim to have an open relationship with our shareholders, and 
shareholders can find up-to-date information on Group activities 
on the Company’s website at www.futureplc.com. There is a 
specific Investor Relations section on that site which includes 
links to all of the Group’s public announcements made via the 
Regulatory News Service of the London Stock Exchange including 
the Company’s latest annual and interim results.

All Directors are available to meet shareholders at the AGM or 
on request by contacting the Chairman or Company Secretary. 
The Executive Directors hold a series of meetings presenting the 
interim and annual results to those shareholders who request a 
meeting in order to update them on the progress of the business 
and gauge their views following the analyst presentations of the 
results. 

In order that all Directors are aware of the views of shareholders, 
Board packs include a note of views as expressed by shareholders 
during meetings held with Directors or as reported to Directors 
through the Company’s brokers, together with copies of analysts’ 
notes, press articles and other relevant information. 

Audit Committee

Member

Attendance 
(3 scheduled meetings)

Manjit Wolstenholme (Chairman 
to 23 November 2017)1,2

Richard Huntingford (Acting 
Chairman from 1 December 2017 to  
6 February 2018)

Alan Newman (Chairman from  
6 February 2018)

Peter Allen2

Hugo Drayton

1 of 1

2 of 2

2 of 2

1 of 1

3 of 3

1. As the Chairman of the Committee until 23 November 2017, Manjit 

Wolstenholme had recent and relevant financial experience.  Richard 
Huntingford served as acting Chairman from 1 December 2017 until he 
was replaced by Alan Newman on 6 February 2018. Both Richard and 
Alan have recent, relevant financial experience. 

2. Manjit Wolstenholme resigned from the Committee on 23 November 
2017 and Peter Allen resigned from the Committee on 1 February 2018.

2. Audit Committee

The Audit Committee’s primary objective is to provide effective 
financial governance and monitor the integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements and internal controls.

The Audit Committee meets before the interim and annual 
results announcements and reviews the relevant financial results 
with the executive management team and the external auditors. 
The Audit Committee also meets separately for the purposes 
of planning the audit process, monitoring its effectiveness, 
reviewing the Group’s relationship with the external auditors and 
undertaking a detailed review of the Group’s internal controls 
and risk management systems. It considered whether the 2018 
Annual Report was fair, balanced and understandable and 
advised the Board accordingly. 

The Audit Committee carries out the functions required by rule 
7.1.3 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules.

Significant financial reporting judgements 
The Audit Committee discussed the key risks and judgements 
with management and the auditors as part of the audit planning 
process in July 2018. At the same time they discussed and agreed 
upon appropriate levels of materiality in the context of the 
anticipated results for the year. As a result of those discussions 
an audit plan was agreed and subsequently executed.

The significant judgements considered in relation to the 
financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2018, 
which were originally identified and discussed as part of the 
planning process referred to above, are set out below and were 
addressed as follows:

1. Revenue recognition
The area of revenue which carries the most judgement is 
newstrade revenue (both domestic and export). Management 
has carefully considered the estimates of returns made in 
respect of newstrade revenues and the recognition of revenue 
on the larger advertising contracts and have concluded that they 
are appropriate. The estimates and judgements made have been 
discussed with the auditors and the Audit Committee.

2. Carrying value of goodwill and long lived assets 
IAS 36 requires an impairment test to be performed for goodwill 
on an annual basis or where there is an indication of impairment. 

Future plc50

Management prepared a detailed impairment assessment 
of both the UK and US businesses at 30 September 2018 and 
concluded that no impairment was required.

The key assumptions made in that assessment were as follows:

-  Long term growth rate to perpetuity UK: 0%, US: 3%

-  EBITDA margins assumed UK: 17.7% to 19.7% and US: 21.8% to 

24.2%

-  Discount rate (post-tax) 9% (both UK and US) 

On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Board 
has decided that it is in the best interests of the Company to 
put a resolution to shareholders that PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP, be reappointed as auditors for the forthcoming year. 
Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP have been the Company’s 
auditors for 20 years, but there has been a rotation of 
audit partner in the current year. The resolution to appoint 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP will propose that they hold office 
until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting at which 
accounts are laid before the Company, at a level of remuneration 
to be determined by the Directors.

The Audit Committee agreed with management’s conclusion 
that no impairment is required.

3. Nomination Committee

3. Exceptional items
Due to the continued restructuring of the business and 
significant acquisition-related activity there are a number of 
items considered exceptional in nature. The Audit Committee 
has discussed the items with the auditors and agrees with the 
conclusion that these items should be presented as exceptional. 

4. Acquisition accounting
The Audit Committee has reviewed the acquisition accounting 
prepared by management, including the fair value assessments 
performed on the opening balance sheets for the NewBay, 
Purch and Haymarket titles acquisitions, and agrees with the 
judgements made.

5. Recognition of deferred tax asset 
The Audit Committee discussed the recognition of additional 
deferred tax asset in respect of historic US losses with the 
auditors. The Committee agreed with management’s conclusion 
that both the recognition of such an asset and the quantum 
recognised is appropriate given the profits that the US business 
is expected to generate in the future.

Audit fees
The Audit Committee has reviewed the remuneration received 
by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for non-audit work conducted 
during the financial year. The fees for non-audit work were 
higher than the audit fee due to work performed in a reporting 
accountant capacity in respect of the Purch Group LLC 
acquisition. For further details regarding fees paid, see note 3 to 
the financial statements on page 84.

Auditors’ independence
The Audit Committee monitors the Company’s safeguards 
against compromising the objectivity and independence of 
the external auditors by performing an annual review of non-
audit services provided to the Group and their cost, reviewing 
whether the auditors believe there are any relationships 
that may affect their independence and obtaining written 
confirmation from the auditors that they are independent. 
The Committee has reviewed the Group’s audit independence 
policy and is comfortable that it aligns to the Financial 
Reporting Council’s latest guidance.

For the financial year ended 30 September 2018, the Audit 
Committee has conducted its review of the auditors’ 
independence and concluded that no conflict of interest exists 
between PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s audit and non-audit 
work, and that their involvement in non-audit matters, which 
(as noted above) mainly comprised of work in a reporting 
accountant capacity in respect of the Purch acquisition, was 
the most effective way of conducting the Group’s business 
during the year.

Auditors appointment policy
The Audit Committee has reviewed its policy for appointing 
auditors.

Nomination Committee

Member

Peter Allen1

Manjit Wolstenholme1 

Hugo Drayton

James Hanbury1

Richard Huntingford1  
(Chairman)

Alan Newman1 

Zillah Byng-Thorne1 

Attendance 
(3 scheduled meetings)

0 of 0

0 of 0

3 of 3

3 of 3

3 of 3

3 of 3

3 of 3

1. Manjit Wolstenholme resigned from the Committee on 23 November 2017 
and Peter Allen resigned from the Committee on 1 February 2018. Richard 
Huntingford joined the Committee on 1 December 2017 and took over as 
Chairman on 1 February 2018. Alan Newman joined the Committee on 6 
February 2018. Zillah Byng-Thorne joined the Committee on 1 February 2018 
and James Hanbury resigned from the Committee on 30 September 2018.

Following discussion of the skills and contribution of each 
Director, the Nomination Committee supports the proposed 
re-election of all Directors standing for re-election at the 2019 
AGM. In line with best practice, each Committee member seeking 
re-election was excluded from approving the proposal for their 
re-election.  

4. Remuneration Committee

See page 53 in the Remuneration Report for details of Directors’ 
meeting attendance and the role of the Committee.

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer  
and Company Secretary 
12 December 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance 
 
51

Hugo Drayton
Chairman of the  
Remuneration  
Committee

Directors’ remuneration report

Future has had a successful year, with 
adjusted EPS increasing by 33% to 26.2p per 
share; our remuneration policy is designed 
to align remuneration with shareholder 
interests, and to deliver long-term 
performance. We are confident that we can 
continue the recent strong growth, 
performance and results in this coming year.

Annual statement from the Chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholders, 

I am pleased to present the remuneration report for the year ended 
30 September 2018, in my new role as Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee. 

As required under the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (Sl 2013/1981) 
Directors’ Remuneration Regulations, this report is split into three 
sections: this letter; an Implementation Report, setting out details of 
Directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2018; 
and a Remuneration Policy report, setting out the Group’s remuneration 
policy (“Policy”) for Executive and Non-Executive Directors, for the three-
year period from 1 October 2016.  

Remuneration Policy

Future’s Remuneration Policy is designed to ensure that reward for 
performance is competitive and appropriately aligned to the scale and 
market capitalisation of the Group - which has significantly increased 
following the acquisitions of Purch, NewBay and the titles from 
Haymarket in 2018. The Remuneration Policy seeks to align remuneration 
with shareholders’ interests, based on the achievement of strategic 
objectives and financial performance. As a result, remuneration levels 
are designed to reflect the relative performance of the business for the 
relevant period.  

Performance and Reward in 2018

The Group has had an extremely successful year: adjusted EBITDA 
increased 88% to £20.7m (2017: £11.0m); adjusted operating profit rose 
108% to £18.5m (2017: £8.9m); and adjusted EPS increased by 33% to 
26.2p per share (2017: 19.7p per share - restated for rights issue). See page 
35 of the financial review section for further details of the Group’s 2018 
performance.

The Group has grown significantly in the past two years, with its share 
price experiencing rapid growth from around 120p per share at the end 
of 2016, to 524p, and a market cap of circa £429m (at the time of writing).  
We recognise that one key element of these results is due to Future’s 
Executive Directors having developed and delivered a successful growth 
strategy for the Company.

In September 2018, in order to recognise the continued performance 
and growth of the Group, the Committee approved bonus payments 
at the maximum level within policy for both the CEO and CFO (at 150% 
and at 125% of salary, respectively) for the 2018 year. This bonus award 
is linked to the exceptional performance outlined above, in a year in 
which the Company also completed a significant fund-raise (via a rights 
issue) and completed a number of significant acquisitions. Given this 
continued, exceptional performance - and as both the CEO and CFO 
already hold significant shareholdings resulting from their reinvestment 
in the Company via the rights issue - the Committee made the decision 
to award the bonus in cash. 

Future plc52

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

Share awards granted to the CEO and CFO on 30 November 
2015 vested in full on 23 November 2018. Although the original 
vesting date was 30 November 2018, following the Remuneration 
Committee meeting on 20 November 2018 the Committee 
applied its discretion to bring the vesting date of this award 
forward to 23 November 2018 in order to align the vesting with the 
annual results announcement. At the time that the awards were 
made the business was on the cusp of being cash-generative and 
the targets set were designed to be stretching. The adjusted EPS 
for the relevant measurement period was 24.2p for the Group and 
the net cash flow was £10.3m (after adjusting for exceptional cash 
flows associated with the acquisitions and rights issues made 
during the measurement period). This performance significantly 
exceeded the original targets of EPS of 22.5p (19.1p after 
adjustment to reflect rights issue impact) and net cashflow of 
£0.75m. Consequently, the Performance Share Plan (PSP) awards 
granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand vested in 
full on 23 November 2018.

In accordance with remuneration guidelines, the Single Figure 
Table (included within this report) includes disclosure of any PSP 
awards for which performance criteria that relate to 2018 have 
been met in the year. Accordingly, the PSP amount in the table 
includes the vesting of the award detailed above in November 
2018, and also 50% of the November 2016 and February 2017 
awards (even though these will not vest until November 2019). 
The actual number of share awards vesting in the financial year 
was 166,667 and 129,137 for the CEO and CFO respectively, which 
vested on 27 November 2017 and 1 September 2018 and were 
included in the Single Figure Table in 2017. Excluding the impact 
of the unvested shares relating to 2019, the single figure number 
would be £2,076,000 for the CEO and £1,143,000 for the CFO. 

  Whilst the Company already has elements of best practice in 
its Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DABS) and PSP (for example 
malus/clawback), it lacks a holding period post-vesting for the 
PSP; and there is no set policy on the element of annual bonus 
that should be paid in shares, or the basis for the deferral of that 
element of the award. 

These factors, coupled with the Company’s overall performance, 
led us to consider carefully the timing, structure and quantum 
of the different elements of the compensation package, from a 
shareholder perspective, in ensuring pay for performance, as well 
as from the participant’s perspective. The Committee has resolved 
to make a number of changes within policy and propose changes 
to the Policy. These are summarised below.

Changes within Policy

    With effect from 1 October 2018, the salary of the CEO 

increased by 19%, to £475,000 (the salary of the CFO remained 
the same) which was determined having taken account of 
relevant comparator data, reflecting the significantly increased 
breadth and complexity of the role which requires a significant 
time commitment in the US, and was in line with policy with 
regards to not being higher than the market.

  The Committee determined to use the exceptional 

circumstances clause relating to PSP awards that exceed 100% 
of pay to make awards in November 2018 of 200% of salary 
to the CEO and 167% of salary to the CFO. These awards are 
subject to a two-year holding period that follows the three-year 
vesting period. The conditions of performance will be based on 
the last 90 days of the performance period. The targets for the 
maximum payout of the PSP have been set such as to be very 
stretching and in line with shareholder interests.

Performance and Reward in 2019 onwards

Changes to Remuneration Policy

The successful rights issue and acquisition of Purch, earlier this 
year, and the ongoing performance of the business has led the 
Committee to review and propose a number of changes to the 
current approach on remuneration, to bring in certain elements 
viewed as best practice and also to make certain adjustments to 
compensation potential within the current policy. One key driver 
for this is that the business is now larger and more complex, and 
that, with around half of the business in the US, the CEO now has 
to commit a significant amount of time to this market, including 
the work involved with the integration of the recent Purch 
acquisition. Additionally, the Board has indicated its intention to 
move up to a premium listing and, as a result, wanted to ensure 
that the latest best practice in terms of remuneration is being 
captured. Therefore, ensuring the right package, appropriately 
linked to future performance, is vital for the Executive Directors 
and for shareholders. Therefore the Committee is proposing 
changes to the Remuneration Policy to be tabled at the AGM in 
February 2019. The changes are subject to a binding shareholder 
vote and would be effective from the date of the AGM. Whilst 
the changes are covered in the Implementation Report and the 
Remuneration Policy section, I set out below the key changes. 
The Committee has circulated the proposals to the six largest 
shareholders to obtain feedback prior to tabling the proposed 
amendments at  
the AGM.

In considering our approach the following context may be helpful:

  In 2016 we took the step of making significant awards to 

both the CEO and CFO (PSP awards over 400% of pay); these 
awards are due to vest in November 2019. All performance 
obligations have been met with the exception of elapsed time.    

  To date, both Directors have built up significant shareholdings 

in the business but we are conscious that there is a need 
to strike the right balance between long-term holding and 
ensuring a level of accessible reward year-on-year.

  The annual bonus will be paid 50% in cash, 50% by way of a 

share award, increasing the share mix from one third and adding 
an additional year to the holding period, such that 50% of the 
bonus will now be subject to a two-year holding period.

  The maximum PSP award is increased to 200% from 100%. Any 
award over 150% would vest only for exceptional performance. 
As an example, at the present time the Committee would 
consider exceptional performance to be the achievement of 
a compound annual growth rate of 20%, although conditions 
attached to each award would remain at the discretion of the 
Committee.

  A two-year holding period will be imposed on PSP awards.
  The Committee also wishes to apply formal share ownership 

guidelines of 200% of salary for the CEO and CFO. Both 
Executive Directors already hold in excess of this requirement; 
however, there is currently no formal policy.

Shareholder Feedback

We believe that the Policy will incentivise the Executive Directors 
to deliver profitable growth in the short, medium and long term.  
The Remuneration Committee is committed to responding 
to developments in best practice. If you have any feedback in 
this regard I will be available at the AGM to answer any specific 
questions and will be available throughout the year to discuss 
these matters. I hope you will support the AGM resolution and 
approve our Annual Report on Remuneration.

Hugo Drayton
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
12 December 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance53

Implementation report

The following report provides details of Directors’ 
remuneration for the year ended 30 September 2018. In 
setting remuneration for the year, the Committee 
applied the principles set out in the Remuneration 
Policy report.

Remuneration Committee 

Four independent Non-Executive Directors served on the Remuneration Committee during the year to 30 September 2018: Manjit 
Wolstenholme chaired the Committee until 23 November 2017 and was replaced by Richard Huntingford as acting Chairman of 
the Committee until Hugo Drayton was appointed Chairman on 6 February 2018. Peter Allen served on the Committee until his 
resignation on 1 February 2018. James Hanbury served on the Committee throughout the year until his resignation on 30 September 
2018. Alan Newman was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and joined the Committee on 6 February 2018. Penny Ladkin-Brand 
acted as Secretary to the Committee throughout the year. 

Member

Peter Allen

Manjit Wolstenholme

Hugo Drayton

James Hanbury

Alan Newman

Committee Meetings

20 November 2017

14 May 2018

6 July 2018

25 September 2018

Attendance at  
meetings

✔

✔

✔

✔

-

-

-

✔

✔

✔

-

-

✔

✔

✔

-

-

✔

-

✔

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

*Other regular attendees included the Chairman – Richard Huntingford; Remuneration Advisers – Ernst & Young; the CEO – Zillah Bing-Thorne; and the 
Managing Director  - People & Culture who attended the meetings by invitation but who are not members. Individuals are not present when their own 
remuneration is discussed.

The role of the Remuneration Committee

reviewed annually, are available on the Company’s website 
(www.futureplc.com).

The Committee is responsible for determining the overall 
remuneration policy of the Group, and in particular it is 
responsible for:

Pay and benefits

  Determining the appropriate basic annual salaries, incentive 
arrangements and terms of employment of Executive 
Directors.

Base salary for the CEO increased to £475,000 from 1 October 
2018 and will be reviewed next in 2020. The base salary of the 
CFO remains at £275,000.

  Making recommendations regarding Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees.

Pension contributions and other benefits remain the same  
in 2019.

  The level and make-up of the remuneration packages of 
senior managers, including bonus schemes and share-based 
incentives, and ensuring that remuneration policies and 
practices do not encourage excessive risk-taking.

Performance-related bonus (Annual Bonus Scheme)

Operation of the scheme

  The Committee is also responsible for fixing the Chairman’s 
remuneration and approving the terms of any new share-based 
incentive scheme for any employees of the Group, subject, 
where appropriate, to shareholder approval. 

It is the Board that is responsible for determining the 
remuneration of Non-Executive Directors following the 
recommendation of the Committee as set out on pages 61 and 62.

No Director is involved in deciding his or her own remuneration. 
The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee, 

The performance-related bonus is subject to profit-related 
performance criteria, although the Committee has discretion 
to vary the potential total maximum bonus, the weighting of 
the variable elements and the stretch of the targets in order 
to incentivise or recruit Executive Directors, provided that the 
total potential maximum bonus payable for any year shall not 
exceed 150% of salary and the bonus shall only be payable for 
over performance. During 2018, a profit pool bonus was again 
in operation for all employees across the Group, including the 
Executive Directors. Following the exceptional performance of 
the Group in 2018, in a year in which the Company also completed 

Future plc54

Single Total Figure of Remuneration (audited)

The remuneration of the Directors is set out below: 

Salary/fees

Benefits1

Annual bonus2

PSP3

Pension4

Total

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018
£’000

2017
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018
£’000

2017
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

Executive Directors 
in office as at 30 
September 2018

Zillah Byng-Thorne4

Penny Ladkin-Brand4,7

400

249

350

250

Total for Executive 
Directors

649

600

17

13

30

10

-

10

600

344

640

324

3,705

1,466

1,452

921

944

964

5,171

2,373

60

37

97

44 4,782

2,496

11

2,109

1,506

55

6,891

4,002

Non-Executive Directors 
in office as at 30 
September 2018

Richard Huntingford5

Alan Newman5

Hugo Drayton

Total for Non-Executive 
Directors

Former Non-Executive 
Director

James Hanbury6

Peter Allen6
Manjit Wolstenholme6

Total for former Non-
Executive Directors

88

32

47

167

65

40
9

-

-

40

40

60

95
50

114

205

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

88

32

47

167

65

40
9

-

-

40

40

60

95
50

114

205

Total

930

845

30

10

944

964

5,171

2,373

97

55

7,172

4,247

Notes:
1. Benefits for Executive Directors comprise principally car allowance, private health insurance and life assurance. There were no taxable expenses paid to any Director in the year. 
2. Details relating to the Annual Bonus Scheme are set out on pages 53 to 55.
3. Details relating to the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) are set out on pages 55 to 56. The amount included in the table above in respect of Zillah Byng-Thorne relates to the PSP 

award granted on 30 November 2015 which vested in full on 23 November 2018, following the achievement of performance criteria over the three-year period ended 30 
September 2018, and 50% of the PSP awards granted on 23 November 2016 and 2 February 2017 which will vest on 23 November 2019, following the achievement of the adjusted 
EBITDA target for the year ended 30 September 2018 and the share price target for the period ended 30 September 2018. The value of the award that vested in November 2018 
has been calculated using the share price on the date of vesting of £5.10 and the value of the November 2016 and February 2017 awards has been calculated using the average 
share price for the last three months of the financial year of £4.35, as the award had not vested at the date of this report. The amount included in respect of Penny Ladkin-Brand 
relates to the PSP award granted on 30 November 2015 which vested in full on 23 November 2018, following the achievement of performance criteria over the three-year period 
ended 30 September 2018, and 50% of the PSP awards granted on 23 November 2016 and 2 February 2017 which will vest on 23 November 2019, following the achievement of the 
adjusted EBITDA target for the year ended 30 September 2018 and the share price target for the period ended 30 September 2018. The value of the November 2018 award has 
been calculated using the share price on the date of vesting of £5.10 and the value of the November 2016 and February 2017 awards has been calculated using the average share 
price for the last three months of the financial year of £4.35, as the award had not vested at the date of this report. 

4. Both Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand received cash supplements in lieu of pension contributions. These additional cash payments are not included in determining 

their entitlement to any bonus, share-based incentive or pension entitlement. 

5. Richard Huntingford was appointed to the Board on 1 December 2017 and Alan Newman was appointed to the Board on 6 February 2018.
6. Manjit Wolstenholme resigned from the Board on 23 November 2017, Peter Allen resigned from the Board on 1 February 2018 and James Hanbury resigned from the Board on 30 

September 2018.

7. Penny Ladkin-Brand’s remuneration is lower in the year than her base remuneration, as Penny was on maternity leave for two and a half months. 

a significant fund-raise (via a rights issue) and made a number of 
significant acquisitions, the Committee exercised its discretion 
and increased the bonus payable during 2018 to 150% and 125% (up 
from 95%) of basic annual salary for both Zillah Byng-Thorne and 
Penny Ladkin-Brand respectively.

Payment of any performance-related bonus under the Annual 
Bonus Scheme is usually made following the announcement 
of the preliminary results and the conclusion of the audit in 
respect of the preceding financial year. In July 2018, based on 
performance, the Committee resolved to make a payment ‘on 
account’, which constituted 45% of salary paid to Zillah Byng-

Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand. This step was taken to facilitate 
the participation by the Directors in the rights issue (in which 
Penny Ladkin-Brand took up all of her rights and Zillah Byng-
Thorne took up 86% of her rights) that was announced on 18 July 
2018 and concluded on 20 August 2018. The balance of this bonus 
was paid in November 2018. The advance bonus payment was 
used in full to part fund their subscription for shares. Payment of 
any performance-related bonus is also subject to the Executive 
Director being in the Company’s employment at the time of 
payment of such performance-related bonus and not having 
given or received notice of termination of employment and certain 
other events not having occurred.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance55

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

Performance targets

The performance-related bonus for the Executive Directors during 
2018 originally comprised two elements: 

  A maximum of 45% of current basic annual salary was paid 
under the profit pool bonus subject to the achievement of target 
EBITDA.
  A further 50% of current basic annual salary was payable in 
shares, which must be held for at least one year, subject to the 
achievement of target EBITDA. 

The profit criteria for payment of the profit pool bonus set for 2018 
was in a range from 101% to 120% target EBITDA, as follows:

  If EBITDA is at or below target EBITDA, no profit-related bonus 
will be payable. 
  If EBITDA target is exceeded by 10% or more, 50% of the potential 
maximum of the profit-related bonus will be payable.
  If EBITDA target is exceeded by 20% or more, 100% of the 
potential maximum of the profit-related bonus will be payable.
  If EBITDA falls in between any of the above levels, a percentage 
of the potential maximum profit-related bonus will be payable, 
on a pro rata basis to the levels expressed above, in the event 
that the Committee determines, in its absolute discretion, that 
such payment is merited by the individual.

The profit criteria in respect of the shares bonus was a specified 
target EBITDA, which had to be met in full in order for the bonus 
shares to be issued. 

The EBITDA target is not disclosed as this is believed to be a 
commercially sensitive number but it is set by the Committee 
to be challenging and is set by reference to the budget for the 
relevant financial year. 

Actual performance against targets for the year

Based on EBITDA performance achieved for 2018, the targets were 
all met in full and following the exceptional 2018 performance 
and successful completion of the Purch Group LLC acquisition 
the Committee exercised its discretion and increased the bonus 
payable during 2018 to 150% and 125% of current basic annual 
salary (all to be paid in cash) for both the Chief Executive and 
the Chief Financial Officer respectively. The payment of the full 
bonus in cash was to recognise the performance of the Directors 
in leading the Group through an exceptional period and for the 
considerable achievements of the year.

2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP) 

Operation of the scheme

The PSP has been in operation since 2005 and is designed to 
reward performance, usually over a three-year period in the 
context of performance targets which are designed to align the 
interests of the Executive Directors with those of the shareholders. 
Those targets are set out below. The maximum amount of an 
award in any financial year is normally 200% of basic annual 
salary (increased from 100% in 2018). However, in exceptional 
circumstances, where it is felt necessary to provide further 
incentive to the Executive Directors, awards of up to 400% of basic 
annual salary may be approved. Awards under this scheme are 
granted to Executive Directors and certain key employees. The 
PSP will expire in January 2025, following its renewal in January 
2015 for a further 10 years. 

Subject to the Executive Directors remaining in employment 
at the vesting date, awards granted shall vest subject to the 
following performance criteria having been met at the end of the 
relevant three-year measurement period. 

On 21 August 2018, Future plc completed a 3 for 4 rights issue 
(the “rights issue”) in order to fund the acquisition of Purch Group 
LLC. Following the completion of the rights issue the Committee 
resolved, as is common practice, to adjust the awards held by 
participants to account for the effect of the discounted rights 
issue. The adjustment was undertaken in line with a commonly 
accepted approach which takes into consideration the number of 
new shares created as a result of the rights issue (as disclosed in 
the table set out on page 99). The Committee also reviewed and 
where appropriate updated the performance criteria for each of 
the outstanding awards. Any changes to the performance criteria 
are detailed below. The Committee was advised by Ernst & Young 
LLP (“EY”) during this process to ensure that any changes being 
made were in line with market best practice. 

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted during the 
year ended 30 September 2018

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Adjusted EPS for the last financial year of the performance period 
(being the year ending 30 September 2020) of at least 23.0p for 
this part of the award to vest (at this level the vested amount is 
25% of this part of the award), with full vesting at 26.0p and on a 
straight-line basis between these amounts.

Share price performance (50% of award)

25% of this part of the award will vest if the Company’s share price 
performance in the period from the date of grant to 30 September 
2020 is at the lower target price with full vesting of this part of 
the award at the upper target price level and straight-line vesting 
in between. If the Company’s share price performance is below 
target, none of this element of the award will vest. Following the 
completion of the rights issue the Committee rebased the share 
price targets to adjust for the impact of the Purch acquisition and 
associated rights issue.

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted during the 
year ended 30 September 2017

EBITDA (50% of award)

25% of the award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EBITDA for the 
year ended 30 September 2017 is at or above target. If the Group’s 
adjusted EBITDA is below target, none of this element of the 
award will vest. 

25% of the award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EBITDA for the 
year ended 30 September 2018 is at or above target. If the Group’s 
adjusted EBITDA is below target, none of this element of the 
award will vest. 

Share price performance (50% of award)

25% of the award will vest if the Company’s share price 
performance in the period from the date of grant to 30 
September 2018 is at or above target. If the Company’s share price 
performance is below target, none of this element of the award 
will vest. 

25% of the award will vest if the Company’s share price 
performance in the period from the date of grant to 30 
September 2019 is at or above target. If the Company’s share price 
performance is below target, none of this element of the award 
will vest. 

Future plc56

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted between 
30 November 2015 and 30 September 2016

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Adjusted EPS for the last financial year of the performance period 
of at least 18.0p for this part of the award to vest (at this level the 
vested amount is 25% of this part of the award), with full vesting 
at 22.5p and on a straight-line basis between these amounts. 
Following the completion of the rights issue the Committee 
amended the adjusted EPS targets to a range of 15.3p and 19.1p 
and agreed that the calculation of this performance target would 
be adjusted to exclude the impact of the Purch acquisition and 
associated rights issue on earnings. 

Net Cash Flow (50% of award)

Net Cash Flow for the last financial year of the performance 
period of at least £(0.25)m for this part of the award to vest (at 
this level the vested amount is 25% of this part of the award), 
with full vesting at £0.75m and on a straight-line basis between 
these amounts. Following the completion of the rights issue the 
Committee agreed that the calculation of this award would be 
adjusted to exclude the impact of any cash flows arising from the 
Purch acquisition and associated rights issue on Net Cash Flow. 

Performance against targets in respect of the awards granted 
between 30 November 2015 and 30 September 2016

The adjusted EPS for the relevant measurement period was 24.2p 
for the Group and the net cash flow was £10.3m (after making 
adjustment to remove the impact of Purch and the rights issue, 
adjusting for exceptional cashflows and cashflows associated 
with the acquisitions made during the measurement period). 
Consequently the PSP awards granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne and 
Penny Ladkin-Brand vested in full on 23 November 2018.

and EPS growth to absolute EPS and net cash flow in order to 
align the performance criteria for awards made to the Executive 
Directors. The Committee also extended the vesting date from 
16 July 2017 to 27 November 2017 in order to align with the other 
Executive Directors. The performance criteria are as follows:

Earnings Per Share (50% of award)

Adjusted EPS for the last financial year of the performance period 
of at least 15.0p for this part of the award to vest (at this level the 
vested amount is 25% of this part of the award), with full vesting at 
21.0p and on a straight-line basis between these amounts.

Net Cash Flow (50% of award)

Net Cash Flow for the last financial year of the performance period 
of at least £0.25m for this part of the award to vest (at this level the 
vested amount is 25% of this part of the award), with full vesting at 
£1.25m and on a straight-line basis between these amounts.

Performance against targets in respect of the awards granted 
on 16 July 2014 and 2 August 2015

The adjusted diluted EPS for the relevant measurement period was 
21.0p for the Group and the net cash flow was £8.9m (after making 
adjustments for net debt acquired with Imagine and debt drawn 
down to fund the acquisition of home interest). Consequently, the 
PSP award granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne on 16 July 2014 vested 
in full on 27 November 2017 and the PSP award granted to Penny 
Ladkin-Brand on 3 August 2015 vested in full on 1 September 2018. 
The Committee exercised its discretion to extend the vesting period 
for the PSP award granted to Penny Ladkin-Brand on 3 August 
2015 to 1 September 2018 (from 3 August 2018) in order to avoid the 
vesting of the award prior to the completion of the rights issue. 

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted between 16 
July 2014 and 29 November 2015

In July 2017, the Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion 
to change the performance criteria in respect of the award 
granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne in July 2014 from TSR performance 

Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the 
Company’s share incentive arrangements, nor do they receive any 
benefits. Their fees are reviewed every three years. The Chairman’s 
fees are set by the Committee, and those for the Non-Executive 
Directors are set by the Board as a whole. 

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

Share incentives awarded during the year (audited) 

PSP & DABS Grants

Award Date of award2

% 
salary

Value (£)

% vesting at 
min performance3,4

No. shares 
awarded5

Performance period

Zillah Byng-Thorne

PSP3 24 November 2017

100% 400,0001 62.5%

134,3455

Penny Ladkin-Brand

PSP3 24 November 2017

100% 275,0001

62.5%

92,3635

Zillah Byng-Thorne6

DABS 24 November 2017

50%

200,000

100%

56,022

Penny Ladkin-Brand6 DABS 24 November 2017

50%

137,500

100%

38,515

1 October 2017 – 30 
September 2020

1 October 2017 – 30 
September 2020

1 October 2016 – 30 
September 2017

1 October 2016 – 30 
September 2017

Notes:
1. The value of the PSP awards were calculated using the share price at the date of grant, which was 350p per share.
2. The PSP awards are exercisable at nil value.
3. The performance conditions attached to the grant of these awards are the same as set out on pages 53 to 55.
4. The percentage vesting at minimum performance represents the 25% vesting of the adjusted EPS element and the 100% vesting of the share price performance element of 

the award as the relevant share price criteria have been met in full at 12 December 2018.

5. The number of shares awarded to Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand was originally 114,286 and 78,572 respectively. However, following the completion of the 

rights issue on 21 August 2018 the Committee elected to ‘make good’ all share award holders by increasing their number of options. The share incentives awarded to Zillah 
Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand in respect of the 24 November 2017 award were therefore increased by 20,059 and 13,791 shares respectively.

6. Based on the EBITDA performance achieved for 2017 both Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand were each awarded a shares bonus of 50% of their salary.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance57

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

Pension entitlements (audited)

The only element of remuneration that is pensionable is basic 
annual salary, excluding performance-related bonuses and 
benefits in kind. During the year ended 30 September 2018, 
employer’s pension contributions were payable for the Executive 
Directors at a rate of 15% for both the Chief Executive and the 
Chief Financial Officer. The entitlement to employer’s pension 
contributions was paid in cash as a salary supplement to Zillah 
Byng-Thorne and to Penny Ladkin-Brand. This additional cash 
payment is not included in determining their entitlement to any 
performance-related bonus, share-based incentive or pension. 
The Company had no liability in respect of the Executive Directors’ 
pensions as at 30 September 2018. Normal retirement age under 
the scheme rules is 75. 

Payments to past Directors (audited)

No payments were made to any past Directors during the 
financial year ended 30 September 2018.

Payments for loss of office (audited)

During the financial year to 30 September 2018 no payments in 
respect of loss of office were made.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share  
interests (audited)

The Company has historically had a policy on share ownership by 
Executive Directors which requires that any such Director should 
accumulate a holding in shares over a five-year period from 
appointment where the value of those shares represents at least 
one times salary. The Committee has reviewed this policy and 
amended it to increase the level of holding to at least two times 
salary. It is noted that both Executive Directors currently meet this 
requirement.

In respect of Zillah Byng-Thorne, the relevant five-year period 
commenced on 1 November 2013 and ended on 31 October 2018. 
As at 30 September 2018, Zillah Byng-Thorne had a holding of 
269,755 shares which, at the share price on the same date, were 
worth £1.3m.  

In respect of Penny Ladkin-Brand, the period commenced on 3 
August 2015 and will end on 2 August 2020. As at 30 September 
2018, Penny Ladkin-Brand had a holding of 197,152 shares which, at 
the share price on the same date, were worth £0.95m.

Details of Directors’ shareholdings are set out on page 42 of the 
Directors’ report.

Directors’ interests in share schemes (audited) 

Details of options and other share incentives held by Executive Directors and movements during the year are set out below, 
including details of the awards made during the year.

Price 
paid 
for 
grant

Date of grant1

Zillah Byng-Thorne

16 Jul 2014

30 Nov 2015

23 Nov 2016

2 Feb 2017

24 Nov 2017

24 Nov 20175

Penny Ladkin-Brand 3 Aug 20154

30 Nov 2015

23 Nov 2016

2 Feb 2017

24 Nov 2017

24 Nov 20175

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Earliest  
exercise date

Expiry  
date

27 Nov 2017 N/A

30 Nov 2018 N/A

23 Nov 2019 N/A

23 Nov 2019 N/A

24 Nov 2020 N/A

24 Nov 2017 N/A

1 Sept 20184 N/A

30 Nov 2018 N/A

23 Nov 2019 N/A

23 Nov 2019 N/A

24 Nov 2020 N/A

24 Nov 2017 N/A

Exercise 
price 
per 
share 
(p)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Balance at 
1 Oct 
2017

166,667

166,667

529,702

529,702

-

-

-

-

-

-

114,286

56,022

109,856

83,334

378,358

378,358

-

-

-

-

-

-

78,572

38,515

Granted 
during 
the
year3

Granted 
during the 
year –  
rights issue 
adjustment2

Vested 
during the 
year3

Balance at  
30 Sept 
2018

-

(166,667)

-

29,252

92,970

92,970

20,059

-

-

-

-

195,919

622,672

622,672

134,345

-

(56,022)

19,281

(129,137)

-

-

14,626

66,407

66,407

13,791

-

97,960

- 444,765

- 444,765    

-

92,363

-

(38,515)

-

Notes:
1.  The performance criteria which apply to awards granted under the PSP scheme are set out on pages 55 to 56. 
2. Following the completion of the rights issue on 21 August 2018 the Committee elected to ‘make good’ all share award holders by increasing their number of options. All 

share incentives awarded to Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand were therefore increased accordingly.

3. In July 2017 the Committee exercised its discretion to change the performance criteria in respect of the award granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne in July 2014 from TSR 

performance and EPS growth to absolute EPS and net cash flow in order to align the performance criteria for awards made to the Executive Directors. The Committee also 
extended the vesting date from 16 July 2017 to 27 November 2017.

4. The Committee exercised its discretion to extend the vesting period for the PSP award granted to Penny Ladkin-Brand on 3 August 2015 to 1 September 2018 (from 2 

August 2018) in order to avoid the vesting of the award prior to the completion of the rights issue. 

5. Based on the EBITDA performance achieved for 2017 both Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand were each awarded a shares bonus of 50% of their salary. 

Future plc 
58

Graph: Past ten financial years ended 30 September 2018

Alignment of reward and Total Shareholder Return: Rebased to Future plc as of 1 October 2009

This graph shows a comparison of Future’s total shareholder return (share price growth plus dividends) with that of the FTSE 
All-Share Media Index. This group was selected as it is provides the best comparison of Future’s recent performance relative 
to the other companies in its sector. This demonstrates that there has been a significant and sustained improvement in the 
performance of the Group over the last 2 years, with the gap between the Group and the comparator group rapidly narrowing.

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Future (rebased to 100) 

FTSE All-Share Media Index (UK companies) (rebased to 100)

Chief Executive pay during last ten years

The table below shows the Chief Executive’s single figure of remuneration and variable pay outcomes over the same period as 
the graph above.

Stevie Spring

Mark Wood

Zillah Byng-Thorne

Year

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018

CEO single figure of  
remuneration £’000

Annual Bonus as % 
of Maximum

PSP Vesting  
(% of maximum)

£423

£746

£546

£430

£331

£3066

£471

£347

£2,496

£4,782

0%

40%

0%

50%

0%

20%

36%

0%7

88%8

100%

100%1

48%2

100%3

0%4

0%4

0%5

0%5

0%5

100%

100%

Notes:
1. This represents shares which were granted as part of an exceptional one-off award intended to aid recruitment and retention. The award was not subject to performance 

criteria.

2. This represents the first tranche of a deferred bonus share award which was not subject to performance criteria and the PSP award granted in December 2006 which 

partially vested in December 2009 following the partial satisfaction of TSR performance criteria.

3. This represents the second tranche of a deferred bonus share award which was not subject to performance criteria. The PSP award granted in December 2007 lapsed in 

December 2010.

4. The first awards granted to Mark Wood under the PSP were granted in January 2012 and lapsed on 18 January 2015, since the relevant performance criteria were not met.
5. The first awards granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne under the PSP were granted in December 2013 and lapsed on 16 December 2016, as the relevant performance criteria 

were not met.

6. The single figure for Zillah Byng-Thorne for 2014 includes five months of her Chief Financial Officer salary and six months of her salary as Chief Executive.
7.  Zillah Byng-Thorne waived her performance-related bonus for 2016.
8. Zillah Byng-Thorne received a transaction bonus of £350,000 following the successful completion of the Imagine acquisition in October 2016. The right to a performance-
related bonus was waived in 2016 as a result of this transaction bonus being paid. The 88% in the table reflects the combination of this transaction bonus, the profit pool 
bonus which was awarded as a result of EBITDA performance achieved for 2017 and the further bonus of 50% of current salary (to be satisfied in shares that must be held 
for at least one year) for the achievement of 2017 target EBITDA.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance 
 
59

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

For the year ended 
30 September 2018

Percentage change in remuneration of Chief Executive

Salary

Benefits (inc pension)

Bonus

2018

2017

% change

2018

2017

% change

2018

2017

% change

£400,000

£350,000

14%

£77,000

£54,000

43% £600,000

£640,000

(6)%

£49,859

£38,758

29%

£2,964

£1,777

67%

£2,659

£1,551

71%

Chief 
Executive

All 
employees*

*Includes the US staff taken on as part of the Purch and NewBay acquisitions in 2018, which has increased average pay. 

Relative importance of spend on pay

The relative importance of spend on pay for the business is shown in the chart below.

8
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

Group pay:
£37.5m

Group operating costs excluding  
Group pay & exceptional costs: £78.7m

Capital expenditure: 
£2.4m

Group pay:
£28.8m

Group operating costs  
excluding Group pay &  
exceptional costs: £52.6m

Capital expenditure: 
£1.8m

The table shows the actual expenditure of the Group, and change between the current and previous years, on remuneration 
paid to all employees compared to the total operating costs for the Group excluding exceptional costs and remuneration, and 
investment in capital expenditure.

Shareholder voting

At the 2017 Annual General Meeting, votes cast on the Directors’ remuneration report beginning on 1 October 2016 to 30 
September 2019 were as follows:

Approval of Directors’ remuneration report for 2017

18,578,620 99.93

1,732

0.01

11,690

0.06

For

%

Discretionary

%

Against

%

Future plc 
 
60

Implementation of remuneration policy in the year to 30 September 2019

The Remuneration Committee proposes the following changes to the remuneration policy that have taken place in 2018 for 
2019 in accordance with the policy for the Executive Directors, as outlined in the Remuneration Policy report on pages 61 to 
64, subject to shareholder approval at the Company’s AGM on 7 February 2019.

Element

Operation of element

Max. potential value

Base salary

No change

Zillah Byng-Thorne’s salary as Chief 
Executive increased to £475,000 with 
effect from 1 October 2018. 

Performance,  
weighting & time

No change

Benefits

No change

No change

No change

Annual Bonus1 No change

PSP

No change

Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-
Brand to be paid an annual bonus of 150% 
and 125% respectively in respect of the 
year ended September 2018.

No change although half of any future 
award to be paid as a share award 
which is subject to a two-year holding 
period.

Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-
Brand received awards of 200% and 167% 
of salary respectively in November 2018 
which, subject to the achievement of 
certain performance conditions, will vest 
in November 2021.

Imposition of a two-year holding 
period post vesting after three years.

Pension

No change

No change

No change

Shareholding 
guidelines

The Committee wishes to enact formal share ownership guidelines requiring both the CEO and CFO to hold 
shares worth the equivalent of 200% of salary. Both Executive Directors hold in excess of this requirement 
however there is currently no formal policy.

Note:
1. Performance targets for the Annual Bonus are not disclosed due to their commercial sensitivity. In the event that there is an increase in the Executive Directors’ base salaries 

during the year, the potential maximum value of the Annual Bonus and pension shall increase accordingly.

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee

Ernst & Young LLP (‘EY’) advise the Committee in respect of various share incentives and executive remuneration and were 
paid £20,000 in the year for providing these services to the Committee. After undertaking the appropriate enquiries and 
checks, the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent. 

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

The Board has complied fully with the provisions of Section D of the UK Corporate Governance Code in relation to Directors’ 
remuneration policy and practice, and has followed Schedule A to the Code in relation to performance-related remuneration 
policy. Further information regarding the Company’s approach to corporate governance is set out on pages 47 to 50.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance61

Remuneration policy report

 The policy set out below applies for all financial years 
beginning on or after 1 October 2016 to 30 September 
2019 following shareholder approval at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting on 1 February 2017 and 5 
February 2018 in respect of Non-Executive 
remuneration.

In determining the level and make-up of Executive Directors’ 
remuneration, the Committee carefully considers the following 
issues:

(a)  Remuneration packages offered to Executive Directors 

should be competitive with those available for comparable 
roles in companies operating in similar markets and on a 
similar scale. They should be sufficiently desirable so as to 
attract, retain and motivate high calibre Directors to perform 
at the highest levels, whilst at the same time ensuring that 
recruitment and remuneration expenditure is not excessive 
and does not encourage excessive risk-taking. 

(b)  The interests of Executive Directors should be aligned 

with those of shareholders by ensuring that a significant 
proportion of remuneration is linked to Group performance.

(c)  Remuneration packages and employment conditions of 

Executive Directors are considered in conjunction with both 
those of key senior managers (keeping succession planning 
in mind) and all employees in the Group in order to achieve 
a consistent remuneration policy across the Group. The 
Committee has given particular attention to ensuring that 
the remuneration packages of the key senior managers 
recruited during the year are aligned with those of the 
Executive Directors.

(d)  Bonus potential and share scheme awards that are capped 
at a percentage of salary are restricted if salaries are low.

(e)  Subjective criteria are applied to the performance-related 
bonus of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer in 
order to ensure that the Committee retains discretion and to 
ensure no performance-related bonus is unjustly received.  

The Committee considers the remuneration policy annually to 
ensure that it remains aligned with the Group’s business needs 
and is appropriately positioned relative to the market. The 
Committee proposes several changes in respect of Directors’ 
remuneration to the policy that was approved by shareholders 
at the Company’s Annual General meeting in February 2017. 
These changes seek to reflect how current remuneration 
practice is evolving and to ensure that remuneration strikes 
the right balance between incentivisation and alignment with 
shareholder expectations. 

Approach to recruitment remuneration for Executive and  
Non-Executive Directors

The Committee’s objective at the time of an appointment 
to a new role is to weight Executive Directors’ remuneration 
packages towards performance-related pay, with performance-
related targets linked to financial performance of the Group 
against budget and the Group’s performance against business 
objectives and its stated strategy. 

Any new Executive Director’s remuneration package would 
include the same elements as those of the existing Executive 
Directors, as shown below:

Element of 
remuneration

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Performance-  
related bonus2

Share incentive 
schemes1

Maximum % of salary

Not higher than 
market value

Dependent on 
circumstances

15% of basic 
annual salary

150%

Up to 200% 

Notes:
1.   PSP scheme rules provide for awards of up to 200% of 
basic annual salary (with any vesting over 150% only 
for exceptional performance), save in exceptional 
circumstances where the Committee is allowed discretion 
to award up to 400% of basic annual salary. 

2.  In the event of an internal promotion, any commitments 
made by the Company to an internal candidate shall be 
honoured even if it would otherwise be inconsistent with 
the policy.

3.  If the Director is required to relocate then the policy is 

to provide reasonable relocation, travel and subsistence 
payments at the discretion of the Committee.

Future plc62

Service contracts and payments for loss of office 

Executive Directors

Contract provision

Policy

Details

Notice periods

Director or Company shall be entitled to serve 
6 months’ notice (in Penny Ladkin-Brand’s case) 
or 12 months’ notice (in Zillah Byng-Thorne’s case).

A Director may be required to work during their 
notice period or be put on garden leave.

Compensation for 
loss of office

Director shall be entitled to receive 6 months’ 
salary (in Penny Ladkin-Brand’s case) or 12 
months’ salary (in Zillah Byng-Thorne’s case) and 
benefits during any unexpired notice period.

While service agreements allow for monthly 
payments during notice period which are subject 
to mitigation, the Committee retains discretion 
to make payments in such manner as is deemed 
appropriate, particularly by reference to the 
circumstances of the loss of office.

Treatment of share 
incentives
on termination

Incentives will lapse or vest at the Committee’s 
discretion, subject to performance criteria being 
met and the rules of the scheme.

The Committee has discretion to allow awards to 
vest partially or in full on termination, or to preserve 
awards. 

Change of control

In the event of a change of control, a Director  
may terminate their appointment on serving no 
less than 1 month’s notice.

In the event of termination by either the Director 
or the Company, the Director will be entitled to 
receive 6 months’ salary.

Non-Executive 
Directors

Notice periods

3 months’ notice from either Company
or Director.

Appointed for a three-year term, subject to annual 
re-election by shareholders at the Company’s AGM.

Copies of Directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment are available for inspection on request at the Company’s 
registered office.

Consideration of employee conditions within the Group

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee takes into consideration the pay and conditions 
of employees across the Group when determining remuneration 
for Executive Directors.  

All employees receive a basic annual salary, benefits and an 
entitlement to receive a bonus, subject to financial performance, 
under the Group’s profit pool bonus scheme. 

Discretionary share incentive awards are granted to certain key 
employees and ‘rising stars’ under the PSP and DABS schemes, 
the details of which are set out in note 22 on pages 99 to 102. The 
Group operates a Share Incentive Plan in order to encourage 
active employee share ownership.

The Remuneration Committee considers shareholder  
feedback received as part of any discussions with shareholders 
and consults with shareholders on specific matters as and  
when appropriate.

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Hugo Drayton
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
12 December 2018

Turn over for the Remuneration Table >

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance63

Remuneration table

Executive Directors 

conditions, performance of the individual, new 

challenges or a new strategic direction for the 

business. Similarly, the Committee may approve a 

higher basic annual salary for a newly appointed 

Director than the outgoing Director received where 

it considers it necessary in order to recruit an 

individual of sufficient calibre for the role.

to Executive Directors at similar levels; where 

insurance cover is provided by the Company, that 

cover shall be maintained at a similar level and 

the Company shall pay the then current market 

rates for such cover.

The Company shall continue to provide benefits 

Not applicable.

No change. 

Element

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Performance measures

Changes for 2019

Basic annual salary

Basic annual salary is paid in 12 equal monthly instalments during the year 
and is reviewed annually. When assessing the level of basic annual salary, the 
Committee takes into account performance, market conditions, remuneration 
of equivalent roles within comparable companies, the size and scale of the 
business and pay in the Group as a whole. 

To recruit, retain and motivate 
individuals of high calibre, and reflect 
the skills, experience and contribution 
of the relevant Director.

Salary increases shall generally reflect market 

Not applicable.

No change. 

Benefits

Pension

Performance- 
related bonus1

The Committee retains discretion to pay a salary supplement to an Executive 
Director for fulfilling the role of another higher paid Executive Director when 
that Executive Director leaves the Company.

Current benefits available to Executive Directors are car allowance, permanent 
health insurance, healthcare and life assurance. Additional benefits may be 
offered if applicable and subject to the maximum value of all benefits not 
exceeding the maximum potential value set by the Committee.

To ensure broad competitiveness with 
market practice.

The Company shall make a contribution up to a maximum percentage of 
basic annual salary.

To ensure broad competitiveness with 
market practice.

annual salary.

Total cost annually shall not exceed 15% of basic 

Not applicable.

No change.

Targets are set annually by the Committee, based on (i) financial 
performance against budget and, at the Committee’s discretion,
(ii) individual subjective performance targets which are determined for each 
Executive Director. 

Designed to reward delivery of 
shareholder value and implementation 
of the Group’s strategy.

The Committee retains discretion to set the financial targets based on the 
performance during the previous financial year and the budget for the 
forthcoming year, and performance of the individual against their specific 
subjective performance targets.

For both the Chief Executive and Chief Financial 

The performance measures, relative 

A new requirement that 50% of any 

Officer the Committee retains discretion to 

weightings and targets are set annually 

performance-related bonus will be delivered 

vary the potential total maximum bonus, the 

by the Committee. Details of the 

by way of a deferred share award, which will 

weighting of the variable elements and the 

measures and their relative weightings 

only vest two years after the award date. This 

stretch of the targets in order to incentivise or 

are disclosed annually in the Directors’ 

will ensure an additional focus, post-vesting, 

recruit Executive Directors, provided that the total 

remuneration report with the targets 

on the longer-term performance of the 

maximum potential bonus for any one year shall 

disclosed provided they are not deemed 

business, regardless of the likelihood of vesting 

not exceed 150% of basic annual salary and that 

to be commercially sensitive. The 

of LTIP awards.

the maximum bonus shall only be payable for 

Committee retains discretion to adjust 

over performance.

the targets if events occur which lead 

it to conclude that they are no longer 

appropriate.

The Committee also retains discretion to 

adjust the outcome of the performance-

related bonus for any performance 

measure if it considers that to be 

appropriate. 

Long term 
share-based 
incentive2

Annual awards to Executive Directors of up to a maximum of 2 times basic 
annual salary, with discretion to award up to a maximum of 4 times basic 
annual salary, e.g. recruitment of a Director or to “buy out” awards granted by 
prior employer. 

Designed to reward delivery of 
shareholder value in the medium-to-
long term.

Value of grant as a maximum percentage of 

salary is 200% (increased from 100% in 2018) 

The performance targets are set annually 

A higher maximum percentage of salary of 

by the Committee and disclosed annually 

200% introduced, however any award in excess 

of basic annual salary, however in exceptional 

in the Directors’ remuneration report 

of 150% of pay would vest only for exceptional 

circumstances the Committee retains discretion to 

provided they are not deemed to be 

performance. Introduction of a requirement 

The scheme rules allow the Committee discretion to change the 
performance targets and the Committee shall be entitled to exercise its 
discretion to change performance criteria to the extent that it reflects 
market practice and/or the Committee considers alternative performance 
targets to be more appropriate to the business.

grant one-off awards of a value up to 400% of basic 

commercially sensitive.

annual salary.

Awards vest at the end of the three-

year performance period, when the 

Committee will assess performance 

for a two-year holding period, to be imposed 

following the three-year performance period. 

This creates an additional longer-term incentive, 

which ensures that even if participants cease 

employment, the value of their award will be 

against the targets set and determine, in 

impacted by the post-employment performance 

its absolute discretion, the overall level of 

of the Group and therefore ensure focus on the 

vesting of the award.

long-term value of the business. This change also 

brings our approach more in line with market 

practice and shareholder expectations.  

All-employee share 
plans3

The Company operates a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) in the UK which 
qualifies for tax benefits.

To encourage share ownership by 
employees and align their interests 
with those of the shareholders.

The maximum participation levels for all-employee 

Not applicable.

No change.

share plans will be the limits set out in UK tax 

legislation.

The Committee retains discretion to allow Executive Directors to participate 
in the SIP on the same terms as other employees.

Notes to the table
1.  The performance-related bonus targets are determined annually by the Committee and are designed to align Executive Directors’ interests with those of the Company’s 

shareholders and to reward good performance by the Company. Financial targets are set by reference to the Company’s budget for the relevant financial year, and individual 
performance targets are set by reference to the Company’s strategy and goals for the relevant financial year. The targets for the financial year to 30 September 2019 are not 
disclosed here due to their commercial sensitivity.

Non-Executive Directors 

Element

Fees1

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Performance measures

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed every three years and paid in 12 
monthly instalments. 

Reflects the time commitment and 
responsibilities of the roles.

Not applicable.

Changes for 2019

No change.

Chairman: £120,000

Deputy Chairman: £65,000

Other Non-Executive Directors: £45,000

Additional fees payable:

Chairman of Committee: £5,000 

(per Chairman role)

Senior independent Director: £7,500

Member of Committee: Nil

Notes to the table
1.  Fees are paid at a standard annual rate to reflect the time, commitment and responsibilities of the roles, with additional fees paid to those who chair Board Committees to reflect 

their additional responsibilities. Separately, the Board sets the fee payable to the Chairman of the Board. Subject to shareholder approval it is proposed that this is amended so that 
a fee is payable for each Chairman role held. Non-Executive Directors are not included in any performance-related bonus, share incentive schemes or pension arrangements. 

Future plc64

Remuneration table

Executive Directors 

Element

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Performance measures

Changes for 2019

Basic annual salary

Basic annual salary is paid in 12 equal monthly instalments during the year 

To recruit, retain and motivate 

and is reviewed annually. When assessing the level of basic annual salary, the 

individuals of high calibre, and reflect 

Committee takes into account performance, market conditions, remuneration 

the skills, experience and contribution 

of equivalent roles within comparable companies, the size and scale of the 

of the relevant Director.

business and pay in the Group as a whole. 

The Committee retains discretion to pay a salary supplement to an Executive 

Director for fulfilling the role of another higher paid Executive Director when 

that Executive Director leaves the Company.

Benefits

Current benefits available to Executive Directors are car allowance, permanent 

To ensure broad competitiveness with 

health insurance, healthcare and life assurance. Additional benefits may be 

market practice.

offered if applicable and subject to the maximum value of all benefits not 

exceeding the maximum potential value set by the Committee.

Salary increases shall generally reflect market 
conditions, performance of the individual, new 
challenges or a new strategic direction for the 
business. Similarly, the Committee may approve a 
higher basic annual salary for a newly appointed 
Director than the outgoing Director received where 
it considers it necessary in order to recruit an 
individual of sufficient calibre for the role.

The Company shall continue to provide benefits 
to Executive Directors at similar levels; where 
insurance cover is provided by the Company, that 
cover shall be maintained at a similar level and 
the Company shall pay the then current market 
rates for such cover.

Not applicable.

No change. 

Not applicable.

No change. 

Pension

The Company shall make a contribution up to a maximum percentage of 

To ensure broad competitiveness with 

basic annual salary.

market practice.

Total cost annually shall not exceed 15% of basic 
annual salary.

Not applicable.

No change.

Performance- 

related bonus1

Targets are set annually by the Committee, based on (i) financial 

performance against budget and, at the Committee’s discretion,

Designed to reward delivery of 

shareholder value and implementation 

(ii) individual subjective performance targets which are determined for each 

of the Group’s strategy.

Executive Director. 

The Committee retains discretion to set the financial targets based on the 

performance during the previous financial year and the budget for the 

forthcoming year, and performance of the individual against their specific 

subjective performance targets.

For both the Chief Executive and Chief Financial 
Officer the Committee retains discretion to 
vary the potential total maximum bonus, the 
weighting of the variable elements and the 
stretch of the targets in order to incentivise or 
recruit Executive Directors, provided that the total 
maximum potential bonus for any one year shall 
not exceed 150% of basic annual salary and that 
the maximum bonus shall only be payable for 
over performance.

Long term 

share-based 

incentive2

Annual awards to Executive Directors of up to a maximum of 2 times basic 

Designed to reward delivery of 

annual salary, with discretion to award up to a maximum of 4 times basic 

shareholder value in the medium-to-

annual salary, e.g. recruitment of a Director or to “buy out” awards granted by 

long term.

prior employer. 

Value of grant as a maximum percentage of 
salary is 200% (increased from 100% in 2018) 
of basic annual salary, however in exceptional 
circumstances the Committee retains discretion to 
grant one-off awards of a value up to 400% of basic 
annual salary.

The scheme rules allow the Committee discretion to change the 

performance targets and the Committee shall be entitled to exercise its 

discretion to change performance criteria to the extent that it reflects 

market practice and/or the Committee considers alternative performance 

targets to be more appropriate to the business.

The performance measures, relative 
weightings and targets are set annually 
by the Committee. Details of the 
measures and their relative weightings 
are disclosed annually in the Directors’ 
remuneration report with the targets 
disclosed provided they are not deemed 
to be commercially sensitive. The 
Committee retains discretion to adjust 
the targets if events occur which lead 
it to conclude that they are no longer 
appropriate.

The Committee also retains discretion to 
adjust the outcome of the performance-
related bonus for any performance 
measure if it considers that to be 
appropriate. 

The performance targets are set annually 
by the Committee and disclosed annually 
in the Directors’ remuneration report 
provided they are not deemed to be 
commercially sensitive.

Awards vest at the end of the three-
year performance period, when the 
Committee will assess performance 
against the targets set and determine, in 
its absolute discretion, the overall level of 
vesting of the award.

A new requirement that 50% of any 
performance-related bonus will be delivered 
by way of a deferred share award, which will 
only vest two years after the award date. This 
will ensure an additional focus, post-vesting, 
on the longer-term performance of the 
business, regardless of the likelihood of vesting 
of LTIP awards.

A higher maximum percentage of salary of 
200% introduced, however any award in excess 
of 150% of pay would vest only for exceptional 
performance. Introduction of a requirement 
for a two-year holding period, to be imposed 
following the three-year performance period. 
This creates an additional longer-term incentive, 
which ensures that even if participants cease 
employment, the value of their award will be 
impacted by the post-employment performance 
of the Group and therefore ensure focus on the 
long-term value of the business. This change also 
brings our approach more in line with market 
practice and shareholder expectations.  

All-employee share 

The Company operates a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) in the UK which 

plans3

qualifies for tax benefits.

To encourage share ownership by 

employees and align their interests 

with those of the shareholders.

The maximum participation levels for all-employee 
share plans will be the limits set out in UK tax 
legislation.

Not applicable.

No change.

The Committee retains discretion to allow Executive Directors to participate 

in the SIP on the same terms as other employees.

Non-Executive Directors 

Element

Fees1

Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed every three years and paid in 12 

Reflects the time commitment and 

monthly instalments. 

responsibilities of the roles.

Operation

Objective & link to strategy

Max. potential value

Performance measures

Chairman: £120,000
Deputy Chairman: £65,000
Other Non-Executive Directors: £45,000
Additional fees payable:
Chairman of Committee: £5,000 
(per Chairman role)
Senior independent Director: £7,500
Member of Committee: Nil

Not applicable.

Changes for 2019

No change.

2. PSP performance targets: Additional details of the performance criteria attaching to PSP awards granted to date are set out on pages 53 to 56.
3.   All employees of the Group receive a basic annual salary, benefits, pension and annual bonus (subject to financial performance). The maximum value of remuneration packages 
is based on the seniority and responsibilities of the relevant role. Discretionary share Incentives are not awarded to employees other than Executive Directors and certain key 
individuals and ‘rising stars’, however the Company introduced a Share Incentive Plan in 2015 to encourage share ownership.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance65

Independent 
auditors’ 
report 

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Future plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements 

Opinion

In our opinion, Future plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

• give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 30 September 2018 and of the group’s profit and 

the group’s and the company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

• have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 

Union and, as regards the company’s financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; 
and

• have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial statements, 

Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: 
the Consolidated and Company balance sheets as at 30 September 2018; the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, the Consolidated and Company cash flow statements, and the Consolidated and Company 
statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; the accounting policies; and the notes to the financial statements.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section 
of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the group or the company.

Other than those disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the company 
in the period from 1 October 2017 to 30 September 2018.

Our audit approach

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting 
estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the group and the industry in which it operates, 
and considered the risk of acts by the group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. We designed 
audit procedures at group and significant component level to respond to the risk, recognising that the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. We focused on laws and regulations 
that could give rise to a material misstatement in the group and company financial statements, including, but not limited to, 
the Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules and UK and US tax legislation. Our tests included, but were not limited to, review of 
the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation, enquiries of management and the Group’s legal 
department and testing compliance with tax filing deadlines. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above 
and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we would become aware of it.

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, including fraud. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk 
of management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the 
Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results 
of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by  
our audit. 

Future plc66

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The measurement of Magazine newsstand 
revenue

Magazine newsstand revenue is recognised 
at the date that the related publication goes 
on sale. The amount of revenue recognised is 
based on the number of issues printed and an 
estimate of the number of returns.

We focused on this area because of the inherent 
subjectivity in estimating the number of returns 
and because of the significance of Magazine 
revenue to the Group’s reported result. Changes 
to the estimated number of returns could have 
a material impact on Magazine revenue.

We assessed whether the estimated number of returns was reasonable by 
comparing the estimate to historical trends and by considering the accuracy of 
management’s forecasting in the past.

We considered whether there had been any change to the types of magazines 
sold or changes to the market environment, which could increase the level of 
uncertainty in the estimate.

We also examined the number of returns processed after the year-end and 
compared that data to the level of returns forecast by management.

Based on the work performed, we found that the methods and assumptions used 
to estimate the number of returns were appropriate and that the estimate was 
supported by the evidence obtained.

The valuation of goodwill (£99.8 million (2017: 
£65.8 million)). Refer to note 11 for further 
information

Goodwill is an intangible asset that arises on 
the acquisition of a business and reflects the 
portion of the consideration paid which cannot 
be allocated to separately identifiable acquired 
assets. Goodwill is not amortised but tested 
for impairment at least once a year, or more 
frequently where there is an indication that it 
may be impaired.

We focused on this area because goodwill 
is material to the consolidated financial 
statements and the assumptions used in 
the impairment assessment are inherently 
subjective. In particular, the assessment is 
highly sensitive to changes in forecast  
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortisation and impairment (EBITDA) 
margins.

Our work to address the valuation of goodwill was supported by our in-house 
valuation experts and included the following procedures:

• We assessed whether the forecast EBITDA margins were reasonable by comparing 

them to historical trends and by considering the accuracy of management’s 
forecasting in the past. We considered whether there had been any changes 
to the business or to the market environment, which could increase the level of 
uncertainty in the forecast.

• We performed sensitivities to confirm that the forecast EBITDA margin continued 

to remain the key assumption to which the impairment assessment was most 
sensitive. We also considered to what level the EBITDA margin would need to 
deteriorate to in order to indicate impairment.

• We used our in-house valuation experts to compare the discount rate to our own 

estimate of the Group’s cost of capital, adjusted for the effects of tax.

• We also assessed the reasonableness of the assumed long-term growth rate in 

light of external forecasts for the UK and US economies.

Based on the work performed, we found that the methods used in the impairment 
assessment were appropriate and that the conclusions reached were supported by 
the evidence obtained.

The classification of exceptional items (£4.4 
million (2017: £3.7 million)). Refer to note 4 for 
further information

The Group’s accounting policy is to report items 
of income and expense as exceptional items 
where they relate to an event which falls outside 
the ordinary activities of the business and where 
individually or in aggregate they have a material 
impact on the financial statements.

Exceptional items primarily consisted of 
acquisition related costs. We focussed on this 
area because exceptional items are material 
to the consolidated financial statements and 
because there is a degree of judgement in  
their classification.

We tested the classification of exceptional items by examining supporting 
information such as invoices.

Acquisition related costs have been incurred in both the current and in prior years 
and so we challenged management as to whether such costs were exceptional in 
nature. Management’s view was that whilst these charges have persisted in 2018, 
they have arisen from a significant, ongoing transformation programme.

Following completion of this programme, these charges will not recur. Given the 
scale of change brought about by the acquisitions completed this year, and the fact 
that, materially, only costs related to those transactions have been separated, we 
accepted this treatment for the current year.

From the evidence obtained, we concurred with management’s assessment to 
classify and disclose these costs as separately reported exceptional items, in line 
with the disclosed accounting policy.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance67

Independent 
auditors’ 
report 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The accounting for the acquisition of NewBay 
Media LLC, Haymarket and Purch Group LLC. 
Refer to note 27 for further information

During the year, the Group completed its 
acquisition of NewBay Media LLC, Haymarket 
and Purch Group LLC. We focused on the 
accounting for these transactions because 
they are material to the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group and because there is a 
degree of judgement in the identification and 
valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired.

Our work over the accounting for acquisitions was supported by our in-house 
valuation experts and included the following procedures:

• We agreed the cash and equity consideration paid to supporting documentation.

• We tested the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired and, based on our 

understanding of the acquired businesses, assessed whether all assets and 
liabilities had been appropriately identified. We also considered any required 
alignment of accounting policies and valuation methodologies.

• We used our in-house valuation experts to assess the appropriateness of the 

methodology used to value intangible assets and the reasonableness of certain, 
key assumptions.

• We re-performed the calculation of goodwill.

• We assessed the sufficiency of the disclosures relating to the acquisitions, taking 

into account the requirements of relevant financial reporting standards and tested 
the completeness and accuracy of those disclosures.

Based on the work performed and recognising that due to the proximity of the 
acquisitions to the year-end, the fair values are provisional, we found that the fair 
value of the acquired assets and liabilities was supported by the evidence obtained.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the Company to communicate in our report. 

How we tailored the audit scope 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry 
in which they operate. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry 
in which they operate. 

The Group is structured along two geographical lines, being the UK and US. The Group’s financial statements consist of a 
consolidation of 21 statutory entities; but the Group primarily operates through two main trading entities; Future Publishing Limited 
and Future US, Inc. 

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we determine the type of work that we needed to perform at each entity to be 
able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial 
statements as a whole. 

In our view, the two main trading entities required a full scope audit of their complete financial information, due to their size and 
their risk characteristics. These were audited by the UK Group engagement team. This, together with our audit of the parent holding 
Company and testing of the consolidation at Group level, gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial 
statements as a whole.

Future plc 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our 
audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both 
individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Overall materiality

£1,246,000 (2017: £840,000)

£2,040,000 (2017: 820,000)

How we  
determined it

1% of revenue

1% of total assets

As a holding company, the entity is not considered to 
be profit orientated. In such circumstances, total assets 
is a generally accepted benchmark.

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

In arriving at this judgement, we considered the 
financial measures, which we believed to be most 
relevant to the shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Group.   Profit before tax is a 
generally accepted benchmark for a profit-orientated 
business. However, due to restructuring and continued 
transformational activity, there has been a degree 
of volatility in this measure. We concluded that, in 
isolation, this metric did not appropriately reflect 
the scale of the Group’s ongoing operations or its 
underlying performance.  As a result, revenue was 
considered the most appropriate metric, but in 
quantifying materiality, we have also had regard to 
other performance measures such as operating profit 
and the impact of exceptional items.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated an equal materiality of £1,134,000, which was less than our overall 
Group materiality. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group 
materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £62,000 (Group 
audit) (2017: £42,000) and £102,000 (Company audit) (2017: £40,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when: 

• the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

• the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 

about the group’s and company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s and 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance69

Independent 
auditors’  
report 

Reporting on other information 

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ 
report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.  

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs 
(UK) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and  
Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 September 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.  

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements set out on page 45, the 
Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the Directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these  
financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 
3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility 
for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Future plc 
 
70

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment

Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the members on 11 May 1999 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 1999 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 
20 years, covering the years ended 31 December 1999 to 30 September 2018.

Katharine Finn (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Bristol
12 December 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Corporate governance71

Financial 
statements

Financial statements

Contents

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of  
changes in equity

Company statement of  
changes in equity 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Company balance sheet 

Consolidated and Company  
cash flow statements 

Notes to the Consolidated and  
Company cash flow statements

Accounting policies 

Notes to the financial statements 

72

72

73

73

74

75

76

77

78

83

Future plc 
72

Consolidated income statement 
for the year ended 30 September 2018

Revenue

Net operating expenses

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax (charge)/credit

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

See page 78 and note 9 for a reconciliation between adjusted and statutory results.

Earnings per 15p Ordinary share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2018

2017

Non -GAAP
Adjusted 
results
£m

Note

Adjusting 
items
£m

Statutory 
results
£m

Non -GAAP
Adjusted 
results
£m

Adjusting 
items
£m

Statutory 
results
£m

1

2

6

6

1

7

124.6

-

124.6

(106.1)

(13.2)

(119.3)

18.5

(13.2)

-

(1.1)

(1.1)

17.4

(2.5)

14.9

-

0.2

0.2

(13.0)

1.0

(12.0)

5.3

-

(0.9)

(0.9)

4.4

(1.5)

2.9

84.4

(75.5)

8.9

0.1

(0.7)

(0.6)

8.3

0.3

8.6

-

(8.1)

(8.1)

-

-

-

(8.1)

1.1

(7.0)

84.4

(83.6)

0.8

0.1

(0.7)

(0.6)

0.2

1.4

1.6

2018 
pence

5.1

4.7

Restated 
2017*  
pence

3.7

3.4

Note

9

9

* 2017 figures have been restated to reflect the bonus element of the rights issue that took place In August 2018.

As permitted by the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 no Company income statement or statement of 
comprehensive income is presented. The Company profit for the year was £0.1m (2017: loss of £2.3m).

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 September 2018

Profit for the year

Items that may be reclassified to the consolidated income statement

Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax.

2018
£m

2.9

(0.3)

(0.3)

2.6

2017
£m

1.6

(0.2)

(0.2)

1.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
73

Financial 
statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
for the year ended 30 September 2018

Group

Balance at 1 October 2016

Profit for the year

Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Share capital issued during the year

Share schemes 

- Value of employees’ services

- Deferred tax on options

Balance at 30 September 2017

Profit for the year

Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Share capital issued during the year

Share premium reduction

Share schemes 

- Value of employees’ services

- Deferred tax on options

Balance at 30 September 2018

Note

21, 23

5

13

21, 23

23

5

13

Issued
share 
capital
£m

3.7

Share  
premium 
account
£m

27.6

Merger 
reserve
£m

109.0

Treasury 
reserve
£m

Accumulated 
losses
£m

(0.3)

(118.8)

-

-

-

-

3.1

-

-

6.8

-

-

-

5.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

19.8

13.5

-

-

-

-

- 

-

- 

  -

-

  -

-

1.6

  (0.2)

  (0.2)

1.4

  -

1.8

0.5

47.4

122.5

(0.3)

(115.1)

-

-

-

97.2

(47.4)

-

-

-

-

-

2.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.9

(0.3)

(0.3)

2.6

-

47.4

2.6

1.1

Total 
equity
£m

21.2

1.6

  (0.2)

  (0.2)

1.4

36.4

1.8

0.5

61.3

2.9

(0.3)

(0.3)

2.6

105.0

-

2.6

1.1

12.2

97.2

124.9

(0.3)

(61.4)

172.6

Company statement of changes in equity 
for the year ended 30 September 2018

Company

Balance at 1 October 2016

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Share capital issued during the year 

Share schemes

- Value of employees’ services

- Deferred tax on options

Balance at 30 September 2017

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Share capital issued during the year

Share premium reduction 

Share schemes 

- Value of employees’ services

- Deferred tax on options

Balance at 30 September 2018

Merger 
reserve 
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Issued
share 
capital
£m

Note

3.7

-

-

3.1

-

-

6.8

-

-

5.4

-

-

-

21, 23

13

21, 23

23

13

Share 
premium 
account
£m

27.6

-

-

-

-

-

19.8

13.5

-

-

47.4

-

-

97.2

(47.4)

-

-

-

-

13.5

-

-

2.4

-

-

-

12.2

97.2

15.9

Total 
equity
£m

35.3

(2.3)

  (2.3)

36.4

1.8

0.5

71.7

0.1

0.1

105.0

-

2.6

1.1

180.5

4.0

(2.3)

(2.3) 

- 

1.8

0.5

4.0

0.1

0.1

-

47.4

2.6

1.1

55.2

Future plc 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 30 September 2018

Assets
Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets - goodwill

Intangible assets - other

Investments

Deferred tax

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Corporation tax recoverable

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Merger reserve

Treasury reserve

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities - interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax

Provisions

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Financial liabilities - interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Financial liabilities - derivatives

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax payable

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

74

Note

2018
£m

2017
£m

10

11

11

13

14

15

21

23

23

23

17

13

18

19

17

16

1.7

99.8

103.6

0.2

5.3

210.6

-

0.1

37.6

6.4

44.1

254.7

12.2

97.2

124.9

(0.3)

(61.4)

172.6

15.7

5.1

2.8

0.5

24.1

8.5

-

48.4

1.1

58.0

82.1

254.7

1.0

65.8

26.5

0.2

4.4

97.9

0.7

0.1

13.6

10.1

24.5

122.4

6.8

47.4

122.5

(0.3)

(115.1)

61.3

16.9

4.6

2.6

0.6

24.7

3.2

0.1

29.9

3.2

36.4

61.1

122.4

The financial statements on pages 72 to 106 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 December 2018 and signed on its  
behalf by:

Richard Huntingford 
Chairman 

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements75

Financial 
statements

Company balance sheet
as at 30 September 2018

Assets
Non-current assets

Investment in Group undertakings

Deferred tax

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Equity and liabilities
Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities - interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Financial liabilities - interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Financial liabilities - derivatives

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax payable

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

2018
£m

12

13

14

15

21

23

23

17

17

16

123.6

2.2

125.8

79.7

0.3

80.0

205.8

12.2

97.2

15.9

55.2

180.5

15.7

15.7

8.5

-

1.0

0.1

9.6

25.3

205.8

2017
£m

19.5

0.8

20.3

74.4

0.7

75.1

95.4

6.8

47.4

13.5

4.0

71.7

16.9

16.9

3.1

0.1

0.9

2.7

6.8

23.7

95.4

The financial statements on pages 72 to 106 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 December 2018 and signed on its  
behalf by:

Richard Huntingford 
Chairman 

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer

Future plc
Company registration number: 3757874

Future plcConsolidated and Company cash flow statements
for the year ended 30 September 2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of computer software and website development

Purchase of magazine titles and events

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired

Disposal of magazine titles and trademarks

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

Net movement in amounts owed to/by subsidiaries

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of Ordinary share capital

Costs of share issue

Draw down of bank loans

Repayment of bank loans

Bank arrangement fees

Repayment of finance leases

Net cash generated from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Exchange adjustments

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Group
2018
£m

14.7

(0.9)

(4.0)

9.8

(1.2)

(1.2)

-

(117.1)

-

-

-

(119.5)

105.7

(3.4)

7.4

(3.3)

(0.1)

-

106.3

(3.4)

10.1

(0.3)

6.4

Company
2018
£m

(2.1)

(0.9)

(2.6)

(5.6)

-

-

-

-

-

(100.1)

(1.0)

(101.1)

105.7

(3.4)

7.4

(3.3)

(0.1)

-

106.3

(0.4)

0.7

-

0.3

Group
2017
£m

12.0

(0.6)

(1.4)

10.0

(0.6)

(1.2)

(0.8)

(31.8)

0.2

-

- 

(34.2)

22.0

(1.0)

23.3

(12.0)

(0.7)

(0.1)

31.5

7.3

2.9

(0.1)

10.1

76

Company
2017
£m

(2.6)

(0.6)

(0.8)

(4.0)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(25.9)

(25.9)

22.0

(1.0)

23.3

(12.0)

(0.7)

- 

31.6

1.7

(1.0)

-

0.7

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements77

Financial 
statements

Notes to the Consolidated and Company cash flow statements
for the year ended 30 September 2018

A. Cash generated from operations
The reconciliation of profit/(loss) for the year to cash generated from/(used in) operations is set out below:

Profit/(loss) for the year

Adjustments for:

Depreciation charge 

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share schemes

- Value of employees’ services

Dividend receivable from Group undertaking

Net finance costs

Tax charge/(credit)

Profit/(loss) before changes in working capital and provisions

Movement in provisions

Decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

B. Analysis of net debt

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Debt due within one year

Debt due after more than one year

Net debt

Company

Cash and cash equivalents 

Debt due within one year

Debt due after more than one year

Net debt

C. Reconciliation of movement in net (debt)/cash

Net (debt)/cash at start of year

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Increase in borrowings

Borrowings acquired with subsidiaries

Finance leases entered into

Other non-cash changes

Exchange movements

Net debt at end of year

Group
2018
£m

2.9

0.6

7.3

2.6

-

0.9

1.5

15.8

-

0.7

(7.0)

5.2

14.7

Company
2018
£m

0.1

-

-

-

(3.2)

0.9

(0.1)

(2.3)

-

-

-

0.2

(2.1)

Group
2017
£m

1.6

0.3

4.1

1.8

-

0.6

(1.4)

7.0

1.0

0.1

6.0

(2.1)

12.0

Company
2017
£m

(2.3)

-

-

-

(0.3)

0.6

0.7

(1.3)

-

-

0.1

(1.4)

(2.6)

1 October 
2017
£m

Cash flows
£m

Other non-cash 
changes
£m

Exchange 
movements
£m

30 September 
2018
£m

10.1

(3.2)

(16.9)

(10.0)

(3.4)

(5.3)

0.9

(7.8)

-

-

0.3

0.3

(0.3)

-

-

(0.3)

6.4

(8.5)

(15.7)

(17.8)

1 October 
2017
£m

0.7

(3.1)

(16.9)

(19.3)

Group
2018
£m

(10.0)

(3.4)

(4.4)

-

-

0.3

(0.3)

(17.8)

Cash flows
£m

Other non-cash 
changes
£m

30 September 
2018
£m

(0.4)

(5.4)

1.0

(4.8)

Company
2018
£m

(19.3)

(0.4)

(4.4)

-

-

0.2

-

-

-

0.2

0.2

Group
2017
£m

0.5

7.3

(11.2)

(6.9)

(0.1)

0.5

(0.1)

(23.9)

(10.0)

0.3

(8.5)

(15.7)

(23.9)

Company
2017
£m

(3.3)

1.7

(11.3)

(6.9)

  -

0.5

-

(19.3)

Future plc 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for derivative financial 
instruments and share awards which are measured at fair value.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements published in this 
2018 Annual Report are set out on pages 78 to 82. These policies have been applied consistently to all years presented, 
unless otherwise stated.

The financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee’s (IFRS IC) interpretations as adopted by the European Union, applicable as at 30 September 2018, and those 
parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The going concern basis has been adopted in preparing these financial statements as stated by the Directors on page 37. 

Presentation of non-statutory 
measures

calculated using the standard rate of 
corporation tax in the relevant jurisdiction.

The Directors believe that adjusted results 
and adjusted earnings per share provide 
additional useful information on the core 
operational performance of the Group to 
shareholders, and review the results of the 
Group on an adjusted basis internally. The 
term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under 
IFRS and may not therefore be comparable 
with similarly titled profit measurements 
reported by other companies. It is not 
intended to be a substitute for, or superior 
to, IFRS measurements of profit. 

Adjustments are made in respect of: 

Share-based payments – share-based 
payment expenses or credits, together 
with the associated social security costs, 
are excluded from the adjusted results 
of the Group as the Directors believe 
they result in a level of charge that would 
distort the user’s view of the core trading 
performance of the Group. Details of 
share-based payments are shown in  
note 22.

Exceptional items – the Group considers 
items of income and expense as 
exceptional and excludes them from the 
adjusted results where the nature of the 
item, or its size, is material and likely to be 
non-recurring in nature (in the medium 
term) so as to assist the user of the 
financial statements to better understand 
the results of the core operations of the 
Group. Details of exceptional items are 
shown in note 4. 

Amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets – the amortisation charge for those 
intangible assets recognised on business 
combinations is excluded from the 
adjusted results of the Group since they 
are non-cash charges arising from non-
trading investment activities. As such, they 
are not considered reflective of the core 
trading performance of the Group. 

Non-trading foreign exchange gains and 
losses – certain other items are excluded 
from adjusted results where their inclusion 
distorts the comparability of core trading 
results year-on-year. 

The tax related to adjusting items is the 
tax effect of the items above that are 
allowable deductions for tax purposes 

A reconciliation of adjusted operating profit 
to profit before tax is shown below:

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjusting items:

Share-based payments 
(including social  
security costs)

2018 
£m

18.5

(1.1)

17.4

2017
£m

8.9

(0.6)

8.3

(3.1)

(2.1)

Exceptional items

(4.4)

(3.7)

Amortisation of acquired 
intangibles

(5.7)

(2.3)

Non-trading foreign 
exchange gain

0.2

-

Profit before tax

4.4

0.2

A reconciliation between adjusted and 
statutory earnings per share measures is 
shown in note 9.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements 
incorporate the financial statements 
of Future plc (the Company) and its 
subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries 
are all entities controlled by the Group. 
Control exists when the Group is either 
exposed to or has the rights to variable 
returns from its involvement with the 
entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from 
the date on which control is transferred 
to the Group. They are deconsolidated 
from the date that control ceases. The 
purchase method of accounting is used to 
account for the acquisition of subsidiaries 
by the Group.

The cost of an acquisition is measured 
as the fair value of the assets given, 
equity instruments issued and liabilities 
incurred or assumed at the date of 
exchange, and includes the fair value 
of any asset or liability resulting from a 

contingent consideration arrangement. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed 
as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities and contingent liabilities 
assumed in a business combination are 
measured initially at their fair values at 
the acquisition date. The excess of the 
cost of acquisition over the fair value of 
the Group’s share of the identifiable net 
assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. 

Inter-company transactions, balances and 
unrealised gains on transactions between 
Group companies are eliminated. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated but 
are considered an impairment indicator of 
the asset transferred. Accounting policies 
of subsidiaries have been changed where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group.

Segment reporting

The Group is organised and arranged 
primarily by geographical segment. 
Operating segments are reported in 
a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting provided to the Chief Operating 
Decision Makers who are considered to 
be the Executive Directors of Future plc.

The Group also uses a sub-segment split of 
Media and Magazines for further analysis.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from the sale of goods is 
recognised in the income statement 
when the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership have been transferred to the 
buyer. Revenue from services rendered is 
recognised in the income statement once 
the service has been completed.  

Revenue comprises the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable for 
the sale of goods and services in the 
ordinary course of the Group’s activities. 
Revenue is shown net of value-added tax, 
estimated returns, rebates and discounts 
and after eliminating sales within the 
Group. The following recognition criteria 
also apply:

• Magazine newsstand circulation and
advertising revenue is recognised 
according to the date that the related 
publication goes on sale.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements79

Financial 
statements

• Online advertising revenue is recognised 

over the period during which the 
advertisements are served.

• Revenue from the sale of digital 

magazine subscriptions is recognised 
uniformly over the term of the 
subscription.

instruments designated as hedges 
of such investments, are taken to 
shareholders’ equity. When a foreign 
operation is sold, exchange differences 
that were recorded in equity are 
recognised in the income statement as 
part of the gain or loss on sale.

• Event income is recognised when the 

Employee benefits

event has taken place.

• Licensing revenue is recognised on the 

supply of the licensed content. 

• Other revenue is recognised at the time 

of sale or provision of service.

Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation 
currency
Items included in the financial statements 
of each of the Group’s entities are 
measured using the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which 
the entity operates (‘the functional 
currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in sterling, 
which is the Group’s presentation currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are 
translated into the functional currency 
using the exchange rate prevailing at the 
date of the transaction.  Foreign exchange 
gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at balance sheet exchange 
rates of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are 
recognised in the income statement, with 
exchange differences arising on trading 
transactions being reported in operating 
profit and with those arising on financing 
transactions reported in net finance costs 
unless, as a result of cash flow hedging, 
they are reported in other comprehensive 
income.

(c) Group companies
The results and financial position of all 
the Group entities that have a functional 
currency different from the presentation 
currency are translated into the 
presentation currency as follows:

(i)     Assets and liabilities for each balance 
sheet are translated at the closing 
rate at the date of that balance sheet.

(ii)     Income and expenses for each 

income statement are translated at 
average exchange rates.

(iii)    All resulting exchange differences 
are recognised as a separate 
component of equity.

On consolidation, exchange differences  
arising from the translation of the 
net investment in foreign operations, 
and of borrowings and other currency 

(a) Pension obligations
The Group has a number of defined 
contribution plans. For defined 
contribution plans the Group 
pays contributions into a privately 
administered pension plan on a 
contractual or voluntary basis. The Group 
has no further payment obligations 
once the contributions have been paid. 
Contributions are charged to the income 
statement as they are incurred.

(b) Share-based compensation
The Group operates a number of equity-
settled, share-based compensation plans.  
The fair value of the employee services 
received in exchange for the grant of the 
awards is recognised as an expense. The 
total amount to be expensed over the 
appropriate service period is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the 
awards. The calculation of fair value 
includes assumptions regarding the 
number of cancellations and excludes 
the impact of any non-market vesting 
conditions (for example, earnings per 
share). Non-market vesting conditions 
are included in assumptions about the 
number of awards that are expected 
to vest. At each balance sheet date, 
the Group revises its estimates of the 
number of awards that are expected 
to vest. It recognises the impact of the 
revision of original estimates, if any, in the 
income statement, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity.

The grant by the Company of share 
awards to the employees of subsidiary 
undertakings is treated as a capital 
contribution. The fair value of employee 
services received, measured by reference 
to the grant date fair value, is recognised 
over the vesting period as an increase to 
investment in subsidiary undertakings, 
with a corresponding credit to equity in 
the Company’s financial statements.

Shares in the Company are held in trust to 
satisfy the exercise of awards under certain 
of the Group’s share-based compensation 
plans and exceptional awards. The trust 
is consolidated within the Group financial 
statements. These shares are presented 
in the consolidated balance sheet as a 
deduction from equity at the market value 
on the date of acquisition.

(c) Bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and 
an expense for bonuses taking into 
consideration the profit attributable to 
the Company’s shareholders after certain 

adjustments. The Group recognises a 
provision where contractually obliged or 
where there is a past practice that has 
created a constructive obligation.

Leases

Leases in which the Group assumes 
substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership of the leased assets are 
classified as finance leases. All other 
leases are classed as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are 
included either as property, plant and 
equipment or intangible assets at the 
lower of their fair value at inception or 
the present value of the minimum lease 
payments and are depreciated over their 
estimated economic lives or the finance 
lease period, whichever is the shorter. The 
corresponding liability is recorded within 
borrowings. The interest element of the 
rental costs is charged against profits 
over the period of the lease using the 
actuarial method.

Payments made under operating leases 
(net of any incentives received from 
the lessor) are charged to the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the lease.

Tax

Tax on the profit or loss for the year 
comprises current tax and deferred tax. 
Tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised directly in equity in which case 
it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is payable based on taxable 
profits for the year, using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, along 
with any adjustment relating to tax 
payable in previous years. Management 
periodically evaluates items detailed in tax 
returns where the tax treatment is subject 
to interpretation. Taxable profit differs 
from net profit in the income statement 
in that income or expense items that are 
taxable or deductible in other years are 
excluded – as are items that are never 
taxable or deductible. Current tax assets 
relate to payments on account not offset 
against current tax liabilities.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the 
liability method, on temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts 
in the consolidated financial statements. 
However, deferred tax is not accounted 
for if it arises from initial recognition of 
an asset or liability in a transaction other 
than a business combination that at the 
time of the transaction affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred tax is determined using tax 
rates (and laws) that have been enacted 

Future plc 
80

or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date and are expected to apply 
when the related deferred tax asset is 
realised or the deferred tax liability is 
settled in the appropriate territory.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to 
the extent that it is probable that future 
taxable profits will be available against 
which the temporary differences can 
be utilised.  Deferred tax is provided 
on temporary differences arising on 
investments in subsidiaries, except 
where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary difference is controlled by 
the Group and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse  
in the foreseeable future.

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are offset against each other where they 
relate to the same jurisdiction and there is 
a legally enforceable right to offset.

Dividends

All dividend distributions to the 
Company’s shareholders are recognised 
as a liability in the financial statements in 
the period in which they are approved.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated 
at cost (or deemed cost) less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. 
Cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate the cost 
of property, plant and equipment less 
residual value over estimated useful lives, 
as follows:

•  Land and buildings – 50 years or period 

of the lease if shorter.

•  Plant and machinery – between one and  

five years.

•  Equipment, fixtures and fittings – 

between one and five years.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives 
are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date. An asset’s 
carrying amount is written down 
immediately to its recoverable amount 
if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are 
determined by comparing proceeds with 
carrying amounts. These are included in 
the income statement. 

Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the difference 
between the cost of the acquisition and 
the fair value of net identifiable assets 
acquired. 

Goodwill is stated at cost less any  
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill  
is allocated to appropriate cash 
generating units (those expected to 
benefit from the business combination) 
and it is not subject to amortisation but is 
tested annually for impairment.

(b) Titles, trademarks, customer lists, 
advertising relationships, eCommerce 
technology and other ‘magazine and 
website related’ intangibles
Magazine and website related intangible 
assets have a finite useful life and 
are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation. Assets acquired as part of a 
business combination are initially stated 
at fair value. Amortisation is calculated 
using the straight-line method to allocate 
the cost of these intangibles over their 
estimated useful lives (between one and 
ten years).

Expenditure incurred on the launch of 
new magazine titles is recognised as 
an expense in the income statement as 
incurred. 

(c) Computer software and website 
development
Non-integral computer software 
purchases are stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation. Costs incurred 
in the development of new websites 
are capitalised only where the cost can 
be directly attributed to developing the 
website to operate in the manner intended 
by management and only to the extent of 
the future economic benefits expected 
from its use. These costs are amortised on 
a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful lives (between one and three 
years). Costs associated with maintaining 
computer software or websites are 
recognised as an expense as incurred.

Impairment tests and Cash-
Generating Units (CGUs)

A CGU is defined as the smallest 
identifiable group of assets that 
generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from 
other assets or groups of assets.

Goodwill is not amortised but tested for 
impairment at least once a year or more 
frequently when there is an indication 
that it may be impaired. Therefore, 
the evolution of general economic 
and financial trends as well as actual 
economic performance compared to 
market expectations represent external 
indicators that are analysed by the Group, 
together with internal performance 

indicators, in order to assess whether an 
impairment test should be performed 
more than once a year.

IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ requires 
these tests to be performed at the level 
of each CGU or group of CGUs likely 
to benefit from acquisition-related 
synergies, within an operating segment.

Any impairment of goodwill is recorded 
in the income statement as a deduction 
from operating profit and is never 
reversed subsequently.

Other intangible assets with a finite life are 
amortised and are tested for impairment 
only where there is an indication that an 
impairment may have occurred.

Recoverable amount

To determine whether an impairment loss 
should be recognised, the carrying value 
of the assets and liabilities of the CGUs or  
groups of CGUs is compared to their 
recoverable amount.

Carrying values of CGUs and groups of 
CGUs tested include goodwill and assets 
with finite useful lives (property, plant 
and equipment, intangible assets and net 
working capital).

The recoverable amount of a CGU is 
the higher of its fair value less costs to 
sell and its value in use. Fair value less 
costs to sell is the best estimate of the 
amount obtainable from the sale of an 
asset in an arm’s length transaction 
between knowledgeable, willing parties, 
less the costs of disposal. This estimate 
is determined, on 30 September, on the 
basis of the discounted present value 
of expected future cash flows plus a 
terminal value and reflects general 
market sentiment and conditions. 

Value in use is the present value of the 
future cash flows expected to be derived 
from the CGUs or group of CGUs. Cash 
flow projections are based on economic 
assumptions and forecast trading 
conditions drawn up by the Group’s 
management, as follows:

• cash flow projections are based on five-

year business plans;

• cash flow projections beyond that time 
frame are extrapolated by applying a 
growth rate of between 0% and 3% to 
perpetuity; and

•  the cash flows obtained are discounted 
using appropriate rates for the business 
and the territories concerned.

If goodwill has been allocated to a CGU 
and an operation within that CGU is 
disposed of, the goodwill associated with 
that operation is included in the carrying 
amount of the operation in determining 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements81

Financial 
statements

the profit or loss on disposal. The goodwill 
allocated to the disposal is measured on 
the basis of the relative profitability of the 
operation disposed and the operations 
retained. 

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value. For raw materials, 
cost is taken to be the purchase price 
on a first in, first out basis. For finished 
goods, cost is calculated as the direct 
cost of production. It excludes borrowing 
costs. Net realisable value is the estimated 
selling price in the ordinary course of 
business, less applicable variable selling 
expenses.

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially 
recognised at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less a 
provision for impairment.  A provision 
for impairment of trade receivables is 
made when there is objective evidence 
that the Group will not be able to collect 
all amounts due in accordance with the 
original terms of the receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash 
in hand, deposits held at call with banks 
and bank overdrafts for the purpose of 
the cash flow statement. Bank overdrafts 
are shown within borrowings in current 
liabilities on the balance sheet.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially 
recognised at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the  
effective interest method.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair 
value, net of transaction costs incurred. 
Borrowings are subsequently stated 
at amortised cost with any difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption value 
recognised in the income statement over 
the period of the borrowings using the 
effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current 
liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the 
balance sheet date.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the 
Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of past events, and 
it is more likely than not that an outflow 
of resources will be required to settle the 
obligation.

Provisions are measured at the Directors’ 
best estimate of the expenditure required 
to settle the obligation at the balance 
sheet date, and are discounted to present 
value where the effect is material.

Derivative financial instruments 
and hedging activities

The Group uses derivative financial 
instruments to reduce exposure to 
foreign exchange and interest rate risks 
and recognises these at fair value in its 
balance sheet. The Group applies cash 
flow hedge accounting under IAS 39 in 
respect of certain instruments held. For 
instruments for which hedge accounting 
is applied, gains and losses are taken to 
equity. Any changes to the fair value of 
derivatives not hedge accounted for are 
recognised in the income statement. 
Any new instruments entered into by 
the Group will be reviewed on a ‘case 
by case’ basis at inception to determine 
whether they should qualify as hedges 
and be accounted for accordingly under 
IAS 39. In accordance with its treasury 
policy, the Group does not hold or issue 
any derivative financial instruments for 
trading purposes.

Investments

The Company’s investments in subsidiary 
undertakings are stated at the fair value  
of consideration payable, including 
related acquisition costs, less any 
provisions for impairment.

Exceptional items

The Group classifies transactions as 
exceptional where they relate to an event 
that falls outside the ordinary activities 
of the business and where individually 
or in aggregate they have a material 
impact on the financial statements. 
This classification excludes impairment 
charges made on the carrying value of 
CGUs or groups of CGUs. The separate 
reporting of exceptional items helps 
provide a better picture of the Group’s 
underlying performance.

Critical accounting assumptions, 
judgements and estimates

The preparation of the financial 
statements under IFRS requires the use 
of certain critical accounting assumptions 
and requires management to exercise 

its judgement and to make estimates 
in the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies.

Critical judgements in applying the 
Group’s accounting policies
The areas where the Board has made 
critical judgements in applying the 
Group’s accounting policies (apart from 
those involving estimations which are 
dealt with separately below) are:

(a) Accounting for acquisitions
Management applies judgement in 
accounting for acquisitions, including 
identifying assets arising from 
the application of IFRS 3 ‘Business 
combinations’ and undertaking Purchase 
Price Allocation exercises to allocate value 
between assets acquired. See note 27 for 
further detail.

(b) Exceptional items
Due to the significant acquisition related 
activity, there are a number of items 
considered exceptional in nature. In 
the current year these largely consist of 
acquisition and integration related costs 
of £4.3m, relating to the acquisitions of 
NewBay Media LLC and Purch Group 
LLC, as well as the titles from Haymarket 
Media Group.  See notes 4 and 27 for 
further detail.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The following are areas of key sources of 
estimation uncertainty that may have 
a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year:

(a) Taxation
Deferred tax assets have been recognised 
for unused tax losses to the extent that 
it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. 
The Group has accumulated substantial 
US tax losses in prior years, equating to 
a potential deferred tax asset of c. £7m 
as at 30 September 2018. The recognised 
deferred tax asset of £1.8m equates to the 
taxable losses expected to be used over 
a reasonably foreseeable period, using 
a blended federal and state tax rate of 
24%. The carrying amount of deferred 
tax assets is reviewed at the end of each 
reporting period and updated to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that 
sufficient taxable profit will be available 
to allow the benefit of part, or all, of that 
deferred tax asset to be utilised. Beyond 
this reasonably foreseeable period there is 
considered to be too much uncertainty to 
meet the criteria for recognising deferred 
tax assets.

Future plc 
 
82

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ is effective 
for the Group for the year ending 30 
September 2019. Applying IFRS 9 will 
result in changes to the measurement 
and disclosure of financial instruments 
and introduces a new expected loss 
impairment model. The Group does not 
currently expect adoption of the standard 
to have a significant impact on its 
consolidated results or financial position, 
but will result in increased disclosure.

The Group is continuing to assess the 
impact of adopting IFRS 16, which will 
be effective for the year ending 30 
September 2020.

The Group does not expect that the other 
standards and amendments issued but 
not yet effective will have a material 
impact on results or net assets.

(b) Valuation of acquired intangible 
assets
Acquisitions may result in the recognition 
of intangible assets, such as titles, 
trademarks, customer lists, advertising 
relationships, publishing rights and 
eCommerce technology. These assets 
are valued using a discounted cash flow 
model or a relief from royalty method. 
In applying these valuation methods, a 
number of key assumptions are made 
in respect of discount rates, growth 
rates, royalty rates and the estimated 
life of intangibles. During the year, such 
estimates have been made regarding the 
purchase of the Haymarket titles, as well 
as the NewBay and Purch acquisitions. 
See notes 11 and 27 for further details.

(c) Carrying value of goodwill
The Group uses forecast cash flow 
information and estimates of future 
growth to assess whether goodwill is 
impaired. Key assumptions include the 
EBITDA margin allocated to each CGU, 
the growth rate to perpetuity and the 
discount rate. If the results of an operation 
in future years are adverse to the 
estimates used for impairment testing, 
impairment may be triggered at that 
point. Further details, including sensitivity 
testing, are included within note 11.

New or revised accounting 
standards and interpretations 

There has been no material impact from 
the adoption of the following new or 
revised standards which are relevant to 
the Group:

• Amendments to IFRS 12 as a result of 
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2014-
2016 Cycle.

• Amendment to IAS 7 Statement of Cash 

Flows.

• Amendment to IAS 12 Income Taxes.

Certain new standards, amendments and 
interpretations to existing standards have 
been published that are mandatory for 
accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 October 2018 or later periods but which 
the Group has chosen not to adopt early. 
These include the following standards 
which are relevant to the Group:

• Amendment to IFRS 2 Share-based 

payment to clarify the classification and 
measurement of share-based payment 
transactions.

• IFRS 9 Financial instruments.

• IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with 

customers.

• IFRS 16 Leases.

• Annual improvements to IFRSs 2014-2016 

Cycle (apart from the amendment to 
IFRS 12 effective in the current year).

• Annual improvements to IFRSs 2015-2017 

Cycle.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with 
customers’ includes new regulations 
for the recognition of revenue that are 
independent of a specific industry or 
transaction. The new standard replaces 
the current risk and reward approach 
of IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ with a contract-
based five-step model. In addition to 
substantially more extensive application 
guidance for the accounting treatment of 
revenue from contracts with customers, 
there are more detailed disclosure note 
requirements.

Application of the standard is mandatory 
for financial years beginning on or after 
1 January 2018 and the Group has not 
elected to early-adopt the standard 
so the Group will therefore apply 
the new standard for the first time 
from 1 October 2018.  The Group has 
elected to apply the fully retrospective 
method for initial application, applying 
IFRS 15 retrospectively (and restating 
comparatives) from the period beginning 
1 October 2017.

As part of the implementation, the Group 
has conducted a thorough analysis of all 
material revenue streams and customer 
contracts and reviewed sales and 
accounting processes to identify the need 
for changes. The Directors have assessed 
the anticipated impact of implementing 
IFRS 15 on the Group balance sheet and 
income statement for the year ended 30 
September 2018 based on the revenues 
generated during the year and balance 
sheet position as at 30 September 2018.

The following impact has been identified 
for the Group:

Print and digital magazine newstrade 
and subscription revenue, and digital 
advertising revenues and expenses will 
change as a result of the new standard. 
Based on the enhanced guidance around 
the principal/agent approach, revenue will 
be recognised as the amount paid by the 
end consumer, rather than the amount 
remitted by the agent, and related 
commissions paid to agents will be 
recognised as an expense within cost of 
sales. We do not expect a material impact 
on transition relating to any other revenue 
streams within the Group.

Based on the Group’s income statement 
for the year ended 30 September 2018, 
the Directors expect an increase in 
revenue of £6.2m, along with an increase 
in cost of sales of £6.2m. The Directors 
do not expect any impact on the balance 
sheet as a result of these changes.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
83

Notes to the financial statements

1. Segmental reporting 

The Group is organised and arranged primarily by reportable segment. The Executive Directors consider the performance of the 
business from a geographical perspective, namely the UK and the US. The Australian business is considered to be part of the UK 
segment and is not reported separately due to its size. 

(a) Reportable segment
(i) Segment revenue

UK

US

Revenue between segments

Total

2018
£m

92.5

39.9

(7.8)

124.6

Transactions between segments are carried out at arm’s length.

(ii)  Segment adjusted EBITDA

UK

US

Total

2018
£m

Underlying adjusted  
EBITDA
£m

Intragroup  
adjustments
£m

Adjusted  
EBITDA
£m

Underlying adjusted  
EBITDA
£m

Intragroup  
adjustments
£m

7.5

13.2

20.7

7.8

(7.8)

-

15.3

5.4

20.7

5.0

6.0

11.0

1.9

(1.9)

-

2017
£m

67.2

19.1

(1.9)

84.4

2017
£m

Adjusted  
EBITDA
£m

6.9

4.1

11.0

Adjusted EBITDA is used by the Executive Directors to assess the performance of each segment. The table above shows the impact of 
intragroup adjustments on the adjusted EBITDA of each segment.

Intra-group adjustments relate to the net impact of charges from the UK to the US in respect of management fees (for back office 
revenue functions such as finance, HR and IT which are based in the UK) and licence fees for the use of intellectual property. The 
increase in the year is driven by the growth in media revenue in the US.

A reconciliation of total segment adjusted EBITDA to profit before tax is provided as follows:

2018
£m

20.7

(3.1)

(0.6)

(7.3)

(4.4)

(0.9)

4.4

2017
£m

11.0

(2.1)

(0.3)

(4.1)

(3.7)

(0.6)

0.2

Total segment adjusted EBITDA

Share-based payments (including social security costs)

Depreciation

Amortisation

Exceptional items

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

(iii) Segment assets and liabilities

UK

US

Total

(iv) Other segment information

UK

US

Total 

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Segment net assets

2018
£m

123.7

131.0

254.7

2017
£m

113.9

8.5

122.4

2018
£m

(62.3)

(19.8)

(82.1)

2017
£m

(56.5)

(4.6)

(61.1)

2018
£m

61.4

111.2

172.6

2017
£m

57.4

3.9

61.3

Non-current assets

Additions to 
non-current assets

Depreciation 
and amortisation

Exceptional items

2018
£m

101.8

103.5

205.3

2017
£m

93.5

-

93.5

2018
£m

15.4

104.5

119.9

2017
£m

64.5

-

64.5

2018
£m

6.8

1.1

7.9

2017
£m

4.3

0.1

4.4

2018
£m

1.8

2.6

4.4

2017
£m

2.4

1.3

3.7

Future plc 
84

Other than the items disclosed above and a share-based payments charge of £2.6m (2017: £1.8m) there were no other significant non-
cash expenses during the year.

(b) Business segment
After geographical location, the Group is managed in two segments. The Media segment comprises websites and events and the 
Magazine segment comprises magazines. An additional segment, Other, was retained to reflect unallocated salaries and other direct 
costs which are not directly charged to the business segments for internal reporting purposes. The Group considers that the assets 
within each segment are exposed to the same risks.

(i) Revenue by business segment

Media

Magazine

Revenue between segments

Total

(ii) Gross profit by business segment

Media

Magazine

Other

Add back: distribution expenses

Total

2018
£m

71.9

60.5

(7.8)

124.6

2018
£m

54.2

39.7

(44.1)

5.5

55.3

2017
£m

35.8

50.5

(1.9)

84.4

2017
£m

27.6

33.4

(31.8)

4.7

33.9

Revenue of £19.1m (2017: £19.7m) and £13.2m (2017: £8.8m) arose from sales to the Group’s two largest single customers, being groups 
of companies under common control. No other single customer or group of customers under common control contributed 10% or 
more to the Group’s revenue in either the current or prior year. 

2. Net operating expenses 

Operating profit is stated after charging: 

Cost of sales

Distribution expenses

Share-based payments (including 
social security costs)

Exceptional items (note 4)

Depreciation

Amortisation

Other administration expenses

3. Fees paid to auditors 

Adjusted  
results
£m

(69.3)

(5.5)

-

-

(0.6)

(1.6)

(29.1)

(106.1)

2018
Adjusting 
items
£m

-

-

(3.1)

(4.4)

-

(5.7)

-

(13.2)

Statutory
results
£m

(69.3)

(5.5)

(3.1)

(4.4)

(0.6)

(7.3)

(29.1)

(119.3)

Adjusted 
results
£m

(50.5)

(4.7)

-

-

(0.3)

(1.8)

(18.2)

(75.5)

Audit fees in respect of the audit of the financial statements of the Company and the consolidated 
financial statements

Audit related assurance services

Other assurance services1

Services relating to corporate finance transactions

Other non-audit services

Total fees

1. Other assurance services relate to reporting accountant services for the rights issue and prospectus associated with the acquisition of Purch Group LLC.

2017
Adjusting 
items
£m

-

-

(2.1)

(3.7)

-

(2.3)

-

(8.1)

2018
£m

0.19

0.02

0.21

0.47

-

0.02

0.70

Statutory 
results
£m

(50.5)

(4.7)

(2.1)

(3.7)

(0.3)

(4.1)

(18.2)

(83.6)

2017
£m

0.16

0.02

0.18

0.29

0.06

-

0.53

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
 
 
85

Financial 
statements

4. Exceptional items

Vacant property provision movements

Restructuring and redundancy costs

Acquisition and integration related costs

Total charge

2018
£m

(0.1)

0.2

4.3

4.4

2017
£m

1.2

1.1

1.4

3.7

The vacant property provision movement (£0.9m credit in the UK, £0.8m charge in the US) relates to surplus office space in the UK 
and the US. 

The restructuring and redundancy costs relate mainly to staff termination payments and other restructuring activities. 

The acquisition and integration related costs represent fees incurred in respect of the acquisitions and subsequent integrations of 
Purch Group LLC, NewBay Media LLC and the specialist consumer titles purchased from Haymarket Media Group.

Further details in respect of the acquisitions are shown in note 27.

5. Employee costs 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs 

Share schemes

- Value of employees’ services

Total employee costs

Average monthly number of people (including Directors)

Production

Administration

Total

Group 
2018
£m

33.7

2.8

1.0

2.6

40.1

Group
2018
No.

519

179

698

Company
2018
£m

0.3

-

-

-

0.3

Company
2018
No.

-

6

6

Group 
2017
£m

26.0

2.5

0.6

1.8

30.9

Group
2017
No.

471

111

582

At 30 September 2018, the actual number of people employed by the Group was 1,004 (2017: 634). In respect of our reportable 
segments 667 (2017: 592) were employed in the UK and 337 (2017: 42) were employed in the US.

Key management personnel compensation

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits

Post employment benefits

Share schemes

- Value of employees’ services

Total

Group 
2018
£m

1.6

0.1

1.2

2.9

Company 
2018
£m

0.3

-

-

0.3

Group 
2017
£m

1.4

0.1

1.3

2.8

Company
2017
£m

0.3

-

-

-

0.3

Company
2017
No.

-

4

4

Company 
2017
£m

0.3

 -

 -

0.3

Key management personnel are deemed to be the members of the Board of Future plc. It is this Board which has responsibility for 
planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group.

Zillah Byng-Thorne and Penny Ladkin-Brand were paid by Future Publishing Limited, a subsidiary company, for their services. In 
2018 £0.4m (2017: £0.4m) was recharged to Future plc by Future Publishing Limited in respect of Zillah Byng-Thorne and £0.2m (2017: 
£0.2m) was recharged in respect of Penny Ladkin-Brand.

Further details on the Directors’ remuneration and interests are given in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 51 to 60. The 
highest paid Director during the year was Zillah Byng-Thorne (2017: Zillah Byng-Thorne) and details of her remuneration are shown on 
page 54.

Future plc 
 
 
 
6.  Finance income and costs

Fair value gain on interest rate derivative not in a hedge relationship

Total finance income

Interest payable on interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Amortisation of bank loan arrangement fees

Other finance costs

Adjusted finance costs

Non-trading foreign exchange gain

Total reported finance costs

Net finance costs

7. Tax on profit

The tax charged/(credited) in the consolidated income statement is analysed below:

Corporation tax

Current tax at 19% (2017 : 19.5%) on the profit for the year

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Current tax charge

Deferred tax origination and reversal of temporary differences

Current year charge/(credit)

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Deferred tax

Total tax charge/(credit)

2018
£m

-

-

(0.9)

(0.2)

-

(1.1)

0.2

(0.9)

(0.9)

2018
£m

1.8

0.1

1.9

0.5

(0.9)

(0.4)

1.5

The tax assessed in each year differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK for the relevant year. The differences are 
explained below:

Profit before tax

Profit before tax at the standard UK tax rate of 19% (2017: 19.5%)

Losses not previously recognised

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Share-based payments

Overseas tax rates/credits

Difference in tax rates

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total tax charge/(credit)

2018
£m

4.4

0.8

(1.0)

1.0

(0.2)

0.5

1.2

(0.8)

1.5

86

2017
£m

0.1

0.1

(0.4)

(0.2)

(0.1)

(0.7)

-

(0.7)

(0.6)

2017
£m

0.6

0.2

0.8

(2.0)

(0.2)

(2.2)

(1.4)

2017
£m

0.2

-

(0.7)

0.6

-

(1.3)

-

-

(1.4)

In 2013 the Group reached agreement with HMRC relating to the tax treatment of certain one-off transactions which took place in 
2003. Part of that agreement resulted in the Group paying tax of £6.2m plus interest (comprising instalments of £85,000 per month 
over five years from July 2013 and a final instalment of £2.0m), which was fully settled in June 2018.  

The difference in tax rates contains an adjustment to the US deferred tax asset, following the tax rate reforms contained in the  
Tax Cuts & Jobs Act of 2017 which means that deferred tax in the US is now recognised at a blended federal and state rate of 24%  
(2017: 38%).

The Directors have assessed the Group’s uncertain tax positions and are comfortable that the provisions in place are not material 
either individually or in aggregate and that a reasonably possible change in the next financial year would not have material impact  
on the results of the Group.

The prior year adjustment contains an adjustment to the US deferred tax asset in respect of the US intangible assets, which are fully 
tax deductible over 15 years.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
 
87

Financial 
statements

8. Dividends

Equity dividends

Number of shares in issue at end of year (million)

Dividends paid in year (pence per share)

Dividends paid in year (£m)

9. Earnings per share 

2018

81.5

-

-

2017

45.4

-

-

2018

Restated 2017*

Adjusted results
pence

Adjusting items
pence

Statutory results
pence

Adjusting results
pence

Adjusted items
pence

Statutory results
pence

Basic earnings/(loss) per share 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

26.2

24.3

(21.1)

(19.6)

5.1

4.7

19.7

18.4

(16.0)

(15.0)

3.7

3.4

Basic earnings per share are calculated using the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue during the year. Diluted 
earnings per share have been calculated by taking into account the dilutive effect of shares that would be issued on conversion into 
Ordinary shares of awards held under employee share schemes.

Adjusted earnings per share remove the effect of share-based payments, exceptional items, amortisation of intangible assets arising 
on acquisitions, impairment of intangible assets, exchange gains and losses included in finance costs and any related tax effects from 
the calculation.

Total Group 

Adjustments to profit after tax:

Profit after tax (£m)

Share-based payments (including social security costs) (£m)

Exceptional items (£m)

Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions (£m)

Exchange gains included in finance costs (£m)

Tax effect of the above adjustments (£m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£m)

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year: 

- Basic

- Dilutive effect of share options

- Diluted

Basic earnings per share (in pence)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (in pence)

Diluted earnings per share (in pence)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (in pence)

The adjustments to profit after tax have the following effect:

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Share-based payments (including social security costs) (pence)

Exceptional items (pence)

Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions (pence)

Exchange gains included in finance costs (pence)

Tax effect of the above adjustments (pence)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Share-based payments (including social security costs) (pence)

Exceptional items (pence)

Amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisitions (pence)

Exchange gains included in finance costs (pence)

Tax effect of the above adjustments (pence)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

* 2017 figures have been restated to reflect the bonus element of the rights issue that took place in August 2018.

2018

2.9

3.1

4.4

5.7

(0.2)

(1.0)

14.9

Restated
2017*

1.6

2.1

3.7

2.3

-

(1.1)

8.6

56,886,851

4,453,155

43,601,771

3,126,287

61,340,006

46,728,058

5.1

26.2

4.7

24.3

5.1

5.4

7.7

10.0

(0.3)

(1.7)

26.2

4.7

5.1

7.2

9.3

(0.3)

(1.7)

24.3

3.7

19.7

3.4

18.4

3.7

4.8

8.5

5.3

-

(2.6)

19.7

3.4

4.5

7.9

4.9

-

(2.3)

18.4

Future plc 
88

Total
£m 

4.1

0.1

0.7

4.9

1.3

6.2

(3.6)

(0.3)

(3.9)

(0.6)

(4.5)

1.7

1.0

0.5

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
machinery
£m 

Equipment, 
fixtures and fittings
£m 

0.5

-

0.2

0.7

0.3

1.0

(0.3)

-

(0.3)

(0.1)

(0.4)

0.6

0.4

0.2

3.3

0.1

0.2

3.6

0.9

4.5

(3.1)

(0.2)

(3.3)

(0.4)

(3.7)

0.8

0.3

0.2

0.3

-

0.3

0.6

0.1

0.7

(0.2)

(0.1)

(0.3)

(0.1)

(0.4)

0.3

0.3

0.1

10. Property, plant and equipment 

Group

Cost 

At 1 October 2016

Additions through business combinations

Other additions

At 30 September 2017

Other additions

At 30 September 2018

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 October 2016

Charge for the year

At 30 September 2017

Charge for the year

At 30 September 2018

Net book value at 30 September 2018

Net book value at 30 September 2017

Net book value at 1 October 2016

Depreciation is included within administration expenses in the consolidated income statement. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements89

Financial 
statements

11. Intangible assets 

Group

Cost 

At 1 October 2016

Additions through business combinations

Other additions

Adjustments to fair value on prior year acquisitions

Disposals

Exchange adjustments

At 30 September 2017

Additions through business combinations

Other additions

Adjustments to fair value on prior year acquisitions

Exchange adjustments
At 30 September 2018

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 October 2016

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange adjustments

At 30 September 2017

Charge for the year

Exchange adjustments

At 30 September 2018

Net book value at 30 September 2018

Net book value at 30 September 2017

Net book value at 1 October 2016

Goodwill
£m

Magazine  
and website
£m

293.9

36.6

-

(0.2)

-

(1.1)

329.2

34.1

-

(0.2)

 0.9
364.0

(264.4)

-

-

1.0

(263.4)

-

(0.8)

(264.2)

99.8

65.8

29.5

14.3

25.5

-

-

(1.4)

(0.2)

38.2

83.3

-

-

0.1
121.6

(13.2)

(2.3)

1.1

0.2

(14.2)

(5.7)

(0.2)

(20.1)

101.5

24.0

 1.1

Other
£m 

17.5

0.1

1.5

-

-

(0.3)

18.8

-

1.2

-

-
20.0

(14.9)

(1.8)

-

0.4

(16.3)

(1.6)

-

(17.9)

2.1

2.5

2.6

Total
£m 

325.7

62.2

1.5

(0.2)

(1.4)

(1.6)

386.2

117.4

1.2

(0.2)

1.0
505.6

(292.5)

(4.1)

1.1

1.6

(293.9)

(7.3)

(1.0)

(302.2)

203.4

92.3

33.2

Acquired intangibles relate mainly to trademarks, advertising relationships, publishing rights and customer lists. These assets are 
amortised over their estimated economic lives, typically ranging between one and ten years.

Any residual amount arising as a result of the purchase consideration being in excess of the value of acquired assets is recorded 
as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortised under IFRS, but is subject to impairment testing at least annually or more frequently on the 
occurrence of some triggering event. Goodwill is recorded and tested for impairment on a territory by territory basis.

Further details regarding the intangible assets acquired during the year through business combinations are set out in note 27.

Other intangibles relate to capitalised software costs and website development costs which are internally generated. 

Amortisation is included within administration expenses in the consolidated income statement.

Impairment assessments for goodwill
The net book value of goodwill at 30 September 2018 consists of £72.8m relating to the UK and £27.0m relating to the US. The 
goodwill at 30 September 2017 related wholly to the UK. 

The basis for calculating recoverable amounts is described in the accounting policies. 

Trends in the economic and financial environment, competition and regulatory authorities’ decisions, or changes in competitor 
behaviour in response to the economic environment may affect the estimate of recoverable amounts, as will unforeseen changes in 
the political, economic or legal systems of some countries.

Future plc90

11. Intangible assets (continued) 

Other assumptions that influence estimated recoverable amounts are set out below:

At 30 September 2018

Basis of recoverable amount
Source used

Growth rate to perpetuity

EBITDA margins assumed

Post-tax discount rate

Pre-tax discount rate

At 30 September 2017

Basis of recoverable amount
Source used

Growth rate to perpetuity

EBITDA margins assumed

Post-tax discount rate

Pre-tax discount rate

UK

US

Value in use
Five year plans
Discounted cash flow

0.0%

17.7% to 19.7%

9.0%

11.8%

Value in use
Five year plans
Discounted cash flow

3.0%

21.8% to 24.2%

9.0%

11.8%

UK

Value in use
Five year plans
Discounted cash flow

2.0%

12.0% to 12.9%

7.7%

9.4%

Management has determined the values assigned to each of the above key assumptions as follows:

Assumption

Growth rate into perpetuity

EBITDA margins assumed

Post-tax discount rate

Pre-tax discount rate

Approach used to determining values 

This is the growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond 
the period of the three-year plan. The rates are consistent with 
forecasts included in industry reports.

EBITDA margin is based on budgeted and forecast margins from 
the Group’s three-year plan (based on past performance and 
management’s expectations for the future), adjusted to include 
intragroup management and licence charges.

The pre-tax discount rate adjusted for the impact of tax.

Reflects risks relevant to each CGU and the country in  
which they operate.

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts 
At 30 September 2018 the analysis of the recoverable amounts gave rise to the following assessments of sensitivity:

The value in use of the UK business and the value in use of the US business exceeded their carrying values by £31.0m and £106.4m 
respectively. A change of plus 50 basis points in the post-tax discount rate would decrease the recoverable amount of the UK business 
by £5.2m and the US business by £12.4m. A change of minus 50 basis points in the post-tax discount rate would increase the recoverable 
amount of the UK business by £5.8m and the US business by £12.4m. All other assumptions remaining constant, EBITDA margin in the 
three-year plan would need to reduce to 14.5% in the UK and 12.6% in the US to trigger an impairment of either CGU. This is considered 
to be a reasonably possible change.

Goodwill is not considered to be impaired at 30 September 2018.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements  
91

Financial 
statements

12. Investments in Group undertakings

Company

Shares in Group undertakings

At 1 October

Additions

At 30 September

2018
£m

19.5

104.1

123.6

2017
£m

1.0

18.5

19.5

Additions of £101.1m represent an increased investment in Future Holdings 2002 Limited arising as a result of the capitalisation of 
amounts owed to the Company by other Group companies as a result of the approach to funding the NewBay Media LLC and Purch 
Group LLC acquisitions.

The remaining addition of £3.0m represents the fair value of share-based compensation awards granted to employees of subsidiary 
undertakings of Future Holdings 2002 Limited, and related social security costs, treated as a capital contribution to that company.

The Directors believe that the carrying values of the investments are supported by their underlying assets. 

13. Deferred tax

The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group, and the movements thereon, during the current 
and prior years.

At 1 October 2016

Acquisitions

Credited to income statement 

Credited to equity

Exchange adjustment

At 30 September 2017

Acquisitions

Credited to income statement

Credited to equity

At 30 September 2018

Intangible 
assets
£m

Share-based pay-
ments 
£m

Temporary 
differences
£m

Depreciation vs 
tax allowances
£m

Tax losses
£m

(0.9)

(4.3)

0.6

-

-

(4.6)

(1.1)

0.8

-

(4.9)

-

-

0.3

0.5

-

0.8

-

0.5

1.1

2.4

0.2

-

-

-

-

0.2

-

-

-

0.2

0.5

-

0.1

-

-

0.6

-

-

-

0.6

1.7

-

1.2

-

(0.1)

2.8

-

(0.9)

-

1.9

Total
£m

1.5

(4.3)

2.2

0.5

(0.1)

(0.2)

(1.1)

0.4

1.1

0.2

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset against each other where they relate to the same jurisdiction. The following 
is the analysis of deferred tax balances after offset for balance sheet purposes:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

2018
£m

5.3

(5.1)

0.2

2017
£m

4.4

(4.6)

(0.2)

The deferred tax asset of £5.3m (2017: £4.4m) is disclosed as a non-current asset of which the assets due within one year total £0.5m 
(2017: £0.4m).  The deferred tax liability of £5.1m (2017: £4.6m) is disclosed as a non-current liability of which the liabilities due within 
one year total £0.8m (2017: £0.7m).

As at 30 September 2018 the Group has:
• unprovided tax losses totalling £33.0m (2017: £33.1m) of which £28.2m (2017: £29.0m) arose in the US; and
• unprovided other temporary differences in the US totalling £nil (2017: £2.0m).

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences where it is probable that these 
assets will be recovered. 

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries as any remitted earnings would not give rise to a tax 
liability in the foreseeable future. See note 7 for the impact of any changes in tax rates compared to the previous accounting period 
which have been substantively enacted and have impacted the measurement of deferred tax balances.

The deferred tax asset of £2.2m (2017: £0.8m) recognised on the Company’s balance sheet is in respect of share-based payments. The 
Company has no unprovided deferred tax assets or liabilities at 30 September 2018 (2017: £nil).

Future plc 
 
14. Trade and other receivables

Current assets:

Trade receivables

Provisions for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables net

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Total

Group
2018
£m

32.7

(3.3)

29.4

-

2.4

5.8

37.6

Company
2018
£m

-

-

-

79.7

-

-

79.7

Group
2017
£m

11.9

(2.2)

9.7

-

0.4

3.5

13.6

92

Company
2017
£m

-

- 

-

74.4

-

-

74.4

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

The Group has provided for estimated irrecoverable amounts in accordance with its accounting policy described on page 81 of these 
financial statements. 

Credit checks are obtained and, if applicable, guarantees put in place before a new customer is accepted and terms and credit limits 
are agreed. Bookings are not taken before these factors have been fulfilled. In addition, annual credit checks are carried out and fully 
documented. Final decisions on credit terms are made by an appropriate senior manager within advertising or finance. In the event 
of a request to increase a customer’s credit limit the following factors will be considered: trading history to date, review of credit 
status and review of the reason for the increase. Included within the Group’s trade receivables balance are receivables with a carrying 
amount of £14.6m (2017: £4.6m) which are past due at the reporting date but for which the Group has not provided as there has not 
been a significant change in credit quality and the Group believes that the amounts are still recoverable. These relate to advertising, 
events and licensing debtors in the UK and US. The Group does not hold any security over these balances. A breakdown of the ageing 
is set out below:

Past due

0-30 days

31-60 days

61-90 days

91+ days

Total

Group
2018
£m

6.3

4.0

2.5

1.8

14.6

Group
2017
£m

2.9

1.3

 0.3 

0.1

4.6

As at 30 September 2018, trade receivables of £3.3m (2017: £2.2m) were impaired and provided for. The individually impaired receivables 
mainly relate to advertising, events and licensing customers. It is assessed that a portion of the receivables is expected to be recovered. 

The movement in the Group provision for trade receivables during the year is as follows:

At 1 October 

Provision for receivables impaired

On acquisition

Receivables written off during the year 

At 30 September 

Group
2018
£m

2.2

0.7

1.5

(1.1)

3.3

Group
2017
£m

0.6

0.5

1.3

(0.2)

2.2

The creation and release of provisions for impaired receivables have been included in administration expenses in the income 
statement. Amounts charged to the provision are written off when there is no realistic expectation of recovering additional cash. 

The other asset classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The 
Group does not hold any collateral as security for trade receivables.

All the Company’s receivables are with Group undertakings and no additional disclosure in relation to credit risk is required. Interest 
on £5.4m (2017: £0.3m) of the amounts owed by Group undertakings has been charged at one-month USD LIBOR plus 2%. The 
balance of amounts owed by Group undertakings is interest-free without any terms for repayment.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
 
 
93

Financial 
statements

15. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash flow statements:

Cash at bank and in hand

Cash and cash equivalents

Group
2018
£m

6.4

6.4

Company
2018
£m

0.3

0.3

Group
2017
£m

10.1

10.1

Company
2017
£m

0.7

0.7

The Group has a number of authorised counterparties with whom cash balances are held in the countries in which the Group 
operates.  Credit risk is minimised by considering the credit standing of all potential bankers before selecting them by the use of 
external credit ratings. All of the Group’s cash at bank is held at counterparties with an S+P credit rating of at least BBB+.

16. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Total

Group
2018
£m

4.9

-

2.6

2.7

38.2

48.4

Company
2018
£m

-

0.5

-

-

0.5

1.0

Group
2017
£m

2.5

-

0.9

0.7

25.8

29.9

Company
2017
£m

-

0.7

-

-

0.2

0.9

Trade payables and accruals principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The Group has 
financial risk management policies in place to ensure all payables are paid within the agreed credit terms. 

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value. 

Future plc 
 
 
 
17. Financial liabilities – loans, borrowings and overdrafts

Non-current liabilities

Sterling term loan

Sterling revolving loan

Total

Current liabilities

Sterling term loan

Sterling revolving loan 

US dollar term loan

Obligations under finance leases

Total

Interest rate at
30 September
2018

Interest rate at
30 September
2017

3.0%

3.0%

2.8%

2.8%

Interest rate at
30 September
2018

Interest rate at
30 September
2017

3.0%

3.0%

4.8%

2.8%

2.8%

-

0.0%

The interest-bearing loans are repayable as follows:

Within one year

Between one and two years

Between two and five years

Total

Group
2018
£m

7.6

8.1

15.7

Group
2018
£m

2.3

0.9

5.3

-

8.5

Group
2018
£m

8.8

4.9

11.0

24.7

Company
2018
£m

7.6

8.1

15.7

Company
2018
£m

2.3

0.9

5.3

-

8.5

Company
2018
£m

8.8

4.9

11.0

24.7

Group
2017
£m

10.0

6.9

16.9

Group
2017
£m

1.8

1.3

-

0.1

3.2

Group
2017
£m

3.2

3.3

13.6

20.1

94

Company
2017
£m

10.0

6.9

16.9

Company
2017
£m

1.8

1.3

-

-

3.1

Company
2017
£m

3.1

3.3

13.6

20.0

Following the acquisition of NewBay Media LLC on 3 April 2018, the Group negotiated a new bank facility of $7.0m US dollars with HSBC Bank 
plc. The new facilities run to 3 July 2019. 

The total multicurrency revolving and overdraft facility available to the Group at 30 September 2018 amounted to £28.2m, comprising £15.6m 
of UK and US term loans (including a $7.0m US dollar loan), a total of £10.6m revolving credit facilities and a £2.0m uncommitted overdraft 
facility. The facilities run to 23 June 2021. Repayments required in respect of the facilities are as follows:

Repayment date

3 July 2019 (US dollar term loan)

30 September 2019

30 September 2020

23 June 2021

Repayment amount

$7,000,000

£3,400,000

£4,850,000

£11,050,000

The Group has granted security to the bank and the availability of the facility is subject to certain covenants.

Total fees relating to the new facility amounted to £0.1m and these are being amortised over the term of the facility. The bank borrowings 
and interest are guaranteed by Future plc.

Interest payable under the current credit facility for sterling denominated loans is calculated as the cost of one-month LIBOR (currently 
approximately 0.7%) plus an interest margin of between 2.0% and 2.5%, dependent on the level of Bank EBITDA.

Interest payable under the current credit facility for the US dollar denominated loan is calculated as the cost of one-month USD LIBOR 
(currently approximately 2.3%) plus an interest margin of between 2.0% and 2.5%.

The key covenants are set out in the following table where net debt is exclusive of non-current tax and other payables and Bank EBITDA is 
not materially different to statutory EBITDA.

Net debt/Bank EBITDA

Bank EBITDA/Interest

Periods from 31 March 2017 – less than 2.25 times

Periods from 31 March 2017 – more than 4.00 times

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
95

Financial 
statements

17. Financial liabilities – loans, borrowings and overdrafts (continued)

The covenants are tested quarterly on the basis of rolling figures for the preceding 12 months and the covenant position at the year-
end is set out in the following table:

Net debt/Bank EBITDA

Bank EBITDA/Interest

30 September 2018                                                                                                                        

Covenant

1.12 times                                                                                            

28.43 times                                                                                            

< 2.25 times

> 4.00 times

The Company had not drawn down on its non-interest-bearing overdraft at 30 September 2018 or at 30 September 2017. Any draw 
down forms part of the Group cash pooling account and can be offset against cash balances in other Group companies.

18. Provisions

Group

At 1 October 2017

Charged in the year

Released in the year

Utilised in the year

At 30 September 2018

Property 
£m

2.6

1.4

(1.0)

(0.2)

2.8

The provision for property relates to dilapidations and obligations under short leasehold agreements on vacant property. The vacant 
property provision is expected to be utilised over the next nine years. 

Provisions for the Company were £nil (2017: £nil). 

19. Other non-current liabilities

Group

Other payables

Other payables consist mainly of deferred property lease liabilities.

20. Financial instruments 

Financial instruments by category

The Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities are set out below:

2018
£m

0.5

2017
£m

0.6

Group

Trade receivables net

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets
Trade payables
Other liabilities

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Amortised cost 

2018

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying value
£m

29.4

2.4

6.4

38.2
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
(4.9)
(33.9)

(8.5)

(15.7)

(63.0)

29.4

2.4

6.4

38.2
(4.9)
(33.9)

(8.5)

(15.7)

(63.0)

Total fair
value
£m

29.4

2.4

6.4

38.2
(4.9)
(33.9)

(8.5)

(15.7)

(63.0)

Note

14

15

16

17

17

Future plc20. Financial instruments (continued)

Group

Trade receivables net

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets
Trade payables
Other liabilities

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Derivatives

Total financial liabilities

Note

14

15

16

17

17

Fair value

Amortised cost 

2017

Derivatives
£m

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying value
£m

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

9.7

1.4

10.1

21.2
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
(2.5)
(14.4)

(3.2)

(16.9)

-

(37.0)

9.7

1.4

10.1

21.2
(2.5)
(14.4)

(3.2)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(37.1)

Total financial liabilities are shown net of unamortised costs which amounted to £0.5m (2017: £0.6m).

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are set out below:

Company

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Other liabilities

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Company

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Other liabilities

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Derivatives

Total financial liabilities

Amortised cost

2018

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying
 value
£m

79.7

0.3

80.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1.0)

(8.5)

(15.7)

(25.2)

79.7

0.3

80.0

(1.0)

(8.5)

(15.7)

(25.2)

Note

14

15

16

17

17

Fair value

Amortised cost

2017

Note

Derivatives
£m

Loans and 
receivables
£m

Other 
liabilities
£m

Total carrying
 value
£m

14

15

16

17

17

-

-

-

-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

74.4

0.7

75.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(0.9)

(3.1)

(16.9)

-

(20.9)

74.4

0.7

75.1

(0.9)

(3.1)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(21.0)

96

Total fair
value
£m

9.7

1.4

10.1

21.2
(2.5)
(14.4)

(3.2)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(37.1)

Total fair
 value
£m

79.7

0.3

80.0

(1.0)

(8.5)

(15.7)

(25.2)

Total fair
 value
£m

74.4

0.7

75.1

(0.9)

(3.1)

(16.9)

(0.1)

(21.0)

Total financial liabilities are shown net of unamortised costs which amounted to £0.5m (2017: £0.6m).

The fair value is the amount for which a financial instrument could be exchanged between knowledgeable, willing parties. If an active 
market exists, the market price is applied. If an active market does not exist a discounted cash flow or generally accepted estimation 
and valuation technique based on market conditions at the balance sheet date is used to calculate an estimated value.

The market value of financial instruments is determined by the use of valuation techniques including estimated discounted cash 
flows.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements97

Financial 
statements

20. Financial instruments (continued) 

Treasury overview
The Group uses financial instruments to raise funding for its operations and to manage the financial risks arising from those 
operations. The agreements governing the principal instruments entered into were approved by the Board.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for shareholders.

The principal financing and treasury exposures faced by the Group arise from foreign currencies, working capital management, the 
financing of capital expenditure and acquisitions, the management of interest rates on the Group’s debt, the investment of surplus 
cash and the management of the Group’s debt facilities. The Group manages all of these exposures with an objective of remaining 
within covenant ratios agreed with the Group’s banks, and the Group has been in compliance with its covenants during the year. 
These ratios are disclosed in note 17.

Currency and interest rate profile
The currency and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is shown below:

At 30 September 2018

Currency:

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Other

Total

At 30 September 2017

Currency:

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Other

Total

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Non- 
interest 
bearing
£m

Total
£m

Floating 
rate
£m

Fixed 
rate
£m

Non-
interest 
bearing
£m 

Net financial 
(liabilities)/ 
assets
£m

Total
£m

10.5

26.1

0.4

1.2

38.2

12.1

7.6

0.2

1.3

21.2

10.5

26.1

0.4

1.2

38.2

12.1

7.6

0.2

1.3

21.2

(18.8)

(5.4)

-

-

(24.2)

-

-

-

-

-

(20.0)

(0.1)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(20.0)

(0.1)

(22.6)

(15.5)

-

(0.7)

(38.8)

(13.5)

(2.9)

(0.1)

(0.5)

(17.0)

(41.4)

(20.9)

-

(0.7)

(63.0)

(33.6)

(2.9)

(0.1)

(0.5)

(37.1)

(30.9)

5.2

0.4

0.5

(24.8)

(21.5)

4.7

0.1

0.8

(15.9)

Interest rate risk
Details of the interest rates on borrowings as at 30 September 2018 are set out in note 17. 

The Group has no significant interest-bearing assets but is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at floating interest rates 
through its bank facilities. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group evaluates 
its risk appetite towards interest rate risks regularly and may undertake hedging activities, including interest rate swap contracts, 
to manage interest rate risk in relation to its revolving credit facility if deemed necessary. The Group did not enter into any hedging 
transactions during the current or prior years and, although it inherited an interest rate swap as part of the Imagine acquisition in the 
prior year, as at 30 September 2018 the only floating rate to which the Group was exposed is LIBOR. The Group’s exposure to interest 
rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the liquidity risk section of this note.

For 2018, if interest rates on net borrowings had been on average 0.5% higher/lower with all other variables held constant, the post-tax 
profit for the year would have decreased/increased by £0.1m (2017: £0.1m). 

There would be no impact on equity excluding retained earnings.

Foreign exchange risk
Some of the Group’s activities are carried out in countries outside the United Kingdom where transactions are carried out in that 
country’s own functional currency. Movements in exchange rates can therefore have a significant impact on the Group’s total cash 
flows, whilst the translation of the results, assets and liabilities of foreign operations into sterling can have a significant effect on the 
Group’s reported profits and balance sheet. The main exposure is to movements in the US Dollar against sterling.

The Group’s policy for managing exchange rate risk is summarised as follows:

Transaction exposure – the Group manages this by ensuring that transactions are denominated in the local functional currency of the 
operating units wherever possible. Where this is not possible the use of forward contracts to hedge exposure is considered. The use of 
forward contracts (or any other derivative financial instrument) is subject to authorisation by the Chief Financial Officer.

Future plc 
 
 
20. Financial instruments (continued)

The following table summarises the Group’s sensitivity to translational currency exposures at 30 September:

2018 currency risks expressed in 
Currency 1/Currency 2
£m

Reasonable shift

Impact on profit after tax if Currency 1 strengthens against Currency 2

Impact on profit after tax if Currency 1 weakens against Currency 2

Impact on equity excluding retained earnings if Currency 1 strengthens against Currency 2

Impact on equity excluding retained earnings if Currency 1 weakens against Currency 2

2017 currency risks expressed in 
Currency 1/Currency 2
£m

Reasonable shift

Impact on profit after tax if Currency 1 strengthens against Currency 2

Impact on profit after tax if Currency 1 weakens against Currency 2

Impact on equity excluding retained earnings if Currency 1 strengthens against Currency 2

Impact on equity excluding retained earnings if Currency 1 weakens against Currency 2

98

GBP/USD

10%

(0.3)

0.3

0.3

(0.3)

GBP/USD

10%

(0.3)

0.3

0.3

(0.3)

Liquidity risk
The Group funds the business largely from cash flows generated from operations and long-term debt. Details of the Group’s 
borrowings are disclosed in note 17.

The Group monitors and manages the cash for the Group and has maintained committed banking facilities as noted above to 
mitigate any liquidity risk it may face. If necessary, inter-company loans within the Group meet short-term cash needs. The following 
table shows the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments. The table has 
been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group is obliged 
to pay:   

30 September 2018

Trade payables

Other liabilities

Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

30 September 2017

Trade payables

Other liabilities

Borrowings

Derivatives

Total financial liabilities

Less than 
one year
£m

(4.9)

(33.0)

(8.5)

(46.4)

Between one 
and two years
£m

Between two 
and five years
£m

-

(0.2)

(4.8)

(5.0)

-

(0.4)

(10.9)

(11.3)

Over five 
years
£m

-

(0.3)

-

(0.3)

Less than 
one year
£m

Between one 
and two years
£m

Between two 
and five years
£m

Over five 
years
£m

(2.5)

(12.6)

(3.2)

(0.1)

(18.4)

-

(0.6)

(3.3)

-

(3.9)

-

(0.9)

(13.6)

-

(14.5)

-

(0.3)

-

-

(0.3)

Total
£m

(4.9)

(33.9)

(24.2)

(63.0)

Total
£m

(2.5)

(14.4)

(20.1)

(0.1)

(37.1)

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
99

Financial 
statements

21. Issued share capital

Allotted, issued and fully paid Ordinary shares of 15p each

At beginning of year

Issued as consideration for acquisition

Placing of Ordinary shares

Share scheme exercises

Share Incentive Plan matching shares

At end of year

2018

 2017

Number of 
shares

45,392,814

654,400

34,880,772

589,895

710

81,518,591

£m

6.8

0.1

5.2

0.1

-

12.2

Number of 
shares

24,583,908

11,971,189

8,800,000

37,392

325

45,392,814

£m

3.7

1.8

1.3

-

-

6.8

On 3 April 2018, the Company issued 283,692 Ordinary shares with a nominal value of £42,554 as consideration for the acquisition of 
NewBay Media LLC. 

On 1 May 2018, the Company issued 370,708 Ordinary shares with a nominal value of £55,606 as consideration for the acquisition of 
Haymarket titles. 

On 21 August 2018, the Company issued 34,880,772 Ordinary shares with a nominal value of £5,232,116 pursuant to a rights issue in 
order to fund the acquisition of Purch Group LLC, further details of which are shown in note 23.

During the year 589,895 Ordinary shares with a nominal value of £88,484 were issued by the Company pursuant to share scheme 
exercises and a further 710 Ordinary shares were issued under the Share Incentive Plan for a combined total cash commitment of £nil, 
as detailed in note 22.

22. Share-based payments

The income statement charge for the year for share-based payments was £2.6m (2017: £1.8m). This charge has been included within 
administration expenses.

These charges arise when employees are granted awards under the Group’s share option schemes, performance share plan (PSP), 
deferred annual bonus scheme (DABS) or Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and when employees are granted awards by the trustees of The 
Future Network plc 1999 Employee Benefit Trust (EBT). The charge equates to the fair value of the award and has been calculated 
using the Monte Carlo and Black-Scholes models, using the most appropriate model for each scheme. Assumptions have been made 
in these models for expected volatility, risk-free rates and dividend yields.

A reconciliation of movements in share options and other share incentive schemes is shown below:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Share awards exercised – new share issues

Cancelled

Adjustment on rights issue

Outstanding at 30 September

Exercisable at 30 September

2018
Number of 
options/awards

2018
Weighted average 
exercise price

 2017
Number of 
options/awards 

 2017
Weighted average 
exercise price

4,271,059

782,451

(589,895)

(251,065)

758,173

4,970,723

9,344

£0.000

£0.000

£0.000

£0.000

-

£0.000

£0.000

1,389,633

3,956,118

(37,392)

(1,037,300)

-

4,271,059

13,121

£0.049

£0.000

£1.078

£0.026

-

£0.000

£0.000

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options and other share incentive awards during the year was £4.080 
(2017: £2.150).

Future plc 
 
 
100

22. Share-based payments (continued)

For options and other share incentive schemes outstanding at 30 September the weighted average exercise prices and remaining 
contractual lives are as follows:

Number of options/awards

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life in years

2018

2017

2018

2017

PSP

July 2014

February 2015

May 2015

August 2015

November 2015

September 2016

November 2016

February 2017

November 2017

February 2018

May 2018

July 2018

DABS

November 2009

December 2010

January 2012

December 2012

December 2013

November 2015

-

-

-

-

379,567

47,331

1,749,634

2,005,190

504,521

64,611

127,976

82,549

-

-

-

-

-

9,344

166,667

127,889

69,799

109,856

322,894

80,525

1,546,732

1,833,576

-

-

-

-

69

393

1,686

470

1,706

8,797

Total outstanding at 30 September

4,970,723

4,271,059

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

2

2

3

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

1

1

1

2

2

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

The weighted average exercise price for share options outstanding at 30 September 2018 is £nil (2017: £nil).

On 21 August 2018, Future plc completed a 3 for 4 rights issue (the “rights issue”) in order to fund the acquisition of Purch Group LLC. 
Following the completion of the rights issue the Committee elected to ‘make good’ all share award holders by increasing the number 
of options they hold using a HMRC approved formula which takes into consideration the number of new shares created as a result of 
the rights issue (as disclosed in the table set out on page 99). This change did not impact the fair value of the awards.

The fair value per share for grants made during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

Grant date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Vesting period (years) 

Expected volatility1

Option life (years)

Expected life (years)

Risk-free rate

Dividend yield

Fair value2 

Fair value – EBITDA element2

Fair value – share price element2

Fair value – EPS element2

2018

2017

PSP

PSP 

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

30/11/2017

01/02/2018

01/05/2018

01/07/2018

23/11/2016

02/02/2017

£3.6000

£4.1000

£4.5500

£5.3600

£1.3335

£1.7950

-

3

-

3

36%

36%

3

3

0.56%

-

3

3

0.81%

-

-

3

41%

3

3

0.81%

-

-

3

41%

3

3

0.81%

-

-

3

40%

3

3

0%

-

-

3

37%

3

3

0%

-

£3.1137

£3.3909

£3.9684

£4.5618

-

£2.6273

£3.6000

-

£2.6318

£4.1500

-

£3.3867

£4.5500

-

£3.7636

£5.3600

£0.8716

£1.3335

£0.4097

-

£1.3752

£1.7950

£0.9554

-

Notes:
1. The expected volatility is based on Future’s historical volatility, averaged over a period equal to the expected life, where possible.  
2. The Group has used the Black-Scholes model to value instruments with non-market-based performance criteria such as earnings per share.  For instruments with market-based 
   performance criteria, notably total shareholder return and share price performance, the Group has used a Monte Carlo model to determine the fair value. The Black-Scholes model has             
   been used to value all options with the exception of 50% of certain PSP grants which have market-based performance criteria; the Monte Carlo model has been used to value these awards.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
101

Financial 
statements

22. Share-based payments (continued) 

The 2010 Sharesave Plan (the Sharesave Plan)
Under the Sharesave Plan the option entitlement granted to participating employees is linked to the monthly contributions which 
such employees have agreed to pay into the Sharesave Plan (up to a maximum amount of £250 per month). The options granted 
under the Sharesave Plan vest on the third anniversary of the grant of such options. Where legal and regulatory constraints permit, 
the Company uses its discretion to offer options granted under the Sharesave Plan at a discount to the market price in force at the 
date of the invitation being made. The Sharesave Plan was discontinued during the year and at 30 September 2018 there are no 
options outstanding under this scheme.

Other share-based payments
No further share options are to be granted. Instead, the Group has put into place a number of alternative share incentive schemes.

Performance Share Plan (PSP)
The PSP is a share-based incentive scheme open to the Executive Directors and certain other key employees and ‘rising stars’, usually 
based on a percentage of the participant’s salary. Awards under this scheme are subject to stretching performance criteria measured 
against a combination of earnings per share (EPS), net cash flow, adjusted EBITDA or share price performance, depending on the date 
of grant. Unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise at the date of grant, awards will vest three years after the date of 
grant subject to the participant’s continued employment within the Group and achievement of the following performance criteria 
which are detailed below.

On 21 August 2018, Future plc completed a 3 for 4 rights issue (the “rights issue”) in order to fund the acquisition of Purch Group 
LLC. Following the completion of the rights issue the Remuneration Committee elected to ‘make good’ all share award holders by 
increasing the number of options they hold using a HMRC approved formula which takes into consideration the number of new 
shares created as a result of the rights issue (as disclosed in the table set out on page 99). The Remuneration Committee also reviewed 
and where appropriate updated the performance criteria for each of the outstanding awards. Any changes to the performance criteria 
are also detailed below.

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted between 16 July 2014 and 29 November 2015:

• A maximum of 50% of an award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EPS for the year ended 30 September 2017 (the last financial year of 

the performance period) is 21.0p, 12.5% will vest if the Group’s adjusted EPS is 15.0p, and vesting will be on a pro rata straight-line 
basis between the two. If the Group’s adjusted EPS is below 15.0p, none of this element of the award will vest. 

• The remaining 50% of the award will vest if the Group’s net cash flow for the year ended 30 September 2017 (the last financial year of 
the performance period) is £1.25m, 12.5% will vest if the Group’s net cash flow is £0.25m, and vesting will be on a pro rata straight-line 
basis between the two. If the Group’s net cash flow is below £0.25m, none of this element of the award will vest. 

In July 2017, the Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to change the performance criteria in respect of the award granted 
in July 2014 from TSR performance and EPS growth to net cash flow and absolute EPS in order to align the performance criteria for 
awards made to the Executive Directors. The Remuneration Committee also extended the vesting date of the award from 16 July 2017 
to 27 November 2017 in order to align with the other Executive Director. 

Performance against targets in respect of the awards granted on 16 July 2014 and 2 August 2015:

The adjusted diluted EPS for the relevant measurement period was 21.0p for the Group and the net cash flow was £8.9m (after making 
adjustments for net debt acquired with Imagine and debt drawn down to fund the acquisition of home interest). Consequently, the 
PSP award granted to Zillah Byng-Thorne on 16 July 2014 vested in full on 27 November 2017 and the PSP award granted to Penny 
Ladkin-Brand on 2 August 2015 vested in full on 1 September 2018. The Remuneration Committee exercised its judgement to extend 
the vesting period for the PSP award granted to Penny Ladkin-Brand on 2 August 2015 to 1 September 2018 (from 2 August 2018) in 
order to avoid the vesting of the award prior to the completion of the rights issue. 

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted between 30 November 2015 and 30 September 2016:

• A maximum of 50% of an award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EPS for the year ended 30 September 2018 (the last financial year 
of the performance period) is 22.5p, 12.5% will vest if the Group’s adjusted EPS is 18.0p, and vesting will be on a pro rata straight-
line basis between the two. If the Group’s adjusted EPS is below 18.0p, none of this element of the award will vest. Following the 
completion of the rights issue the Remuneration Committee amended the adjusted EPS targets to a range of 15.3p and 19.1p 
and agreed that the calculation of this performance target would be adjusted to exclude the impact of the Purch acquisition and 
associated rights issue on earnings.

• The remaining 50% of the award will vest if the Group’s net cash flow for the year ended 30 September 2018 (the last financial year 

of the performance period) is £0.75m, 12.5% will vest if the Group’s net cash flow is £(0.25)m, and vesting will be on a pro rata straight-
line basis between the two. If the Group’s net cash flow is below £(0.25)m, none of this element  of the award will vest. Following the 
completion of the rights issue the Remuneration Committee agreed that the calculation of this award will be adjusted to exclude the 
impact of any cash flows arising from the Purch acquisition and associated rights issue on Net Cash Flow.  

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted during the year ended 30 September 2017:

• 25% of the award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 30 September 2017 is at or above target. If the Group’s 

adjusted EBITDA is below target, none of this element  of the award will vest. 

• 25% of the award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EBITDA for the year ending 30 September 2018 is at or above target. If the Group’s 

adjusted EBITDA is below target, none of this element  of the award will vest. 

Future plc102

22. Share-based payments (continued) 

• 25% of the award will vest if the Company’s share price performance in the period from the date of grant to 30 September 2018 is at 

or above target. If the Company’s share price performance is below target, none of this element of the award will vest. 

• 25% of the award will vest if the Company’s share price performance in the period from the date of grant to 30 September 2019 is at 

or above target. If the Company’s share price performance is below target, none of this element of the award will vest. 

Performance criteria in respect of awards granted during the year ended 30 September 2018:

• A maximum of 50% of the award will vest if the Group’s adjusted EPS for the year ended 30 September 2020 (the last financial 

year of the performance period) is 26.0p, 12.5% will vest if the Group’s adjusted EPS is 23.0p, and vesting will be on a pro rata straight-
line basis between the two. If the Group’s adjusted EPS is below 23p, none of this element of the award will vest. 

• A maximum of 50% of the award will vest if the Company’s share price performance in the period from the date of grant to 30 

September 2020 is at or above target. 25% of this part of the award will vest if the Company’s share price performance in the period 
from the date of grant to 30 September 2020 is at the lower target price with full vesting of this part of the award at the upper target 
price level and straight-line vesting in between. If the Company’s share price performance is below target, none of this element of 
the award will vest. Following the completion of the rights issue the Remuneration Committee rebased the share price targets to 
adjust for the impact of the Purch acquisition and associated rights issue.

Grants were made under the PSP in November 2016, February 2017, November 2017, February 2018, May 2018 and July 2018.

Deferred Annual Bonus Scheme (DABS)
The DABS is a share-based incentive scheme open to the Executive Directors and certain managers across the Group. The maximum 
value of any shares granted under the DABS to any one participant will be an amount which is equal to a fixed percentage of that 
eligible participant’s annual bonus for the previous financial year. The number of shares over which an award is to be granted to each 
participant will usually be calculated by reference to the market value of an Ordinary share in the Company on the date of the award. 
Unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise at the date of grant, the shares awarded under the DABS will vest six months 
after the date of the award, subject only to the employee remaining in the employment of the Group throughout the vesting period.

The last grant made under the DABS was in November 2017.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
The SIP is open to all UK employees including the Executive Directors. It is a tax efficient incentive plan pursuant to which employees 
are eligible to acquire up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of Ordinary shares in the Company per month or £1,800 per annum. 
Under the SIP, employees are invited to subscribe for Partnership shares via salary deductions. If an employee agrees to buy 
Partnership shares the Company currently matches the number of Partnership shares bought with an award of Matching shares 
on the basis of one Matching share for every four Partnership shares. Matching share awards to date have been met by the issue of 
Ordinary shares to Yorkshire Building Society as Trustee of the SIP.

23. Reserves

Share premium account
Share premium represents the excess of proceeds received over the nominal value of new shares issued.  

Group and Company 

At 1 October   

Premium arising on issue of equity shares

Costs of share issue

Share premium reduction

At 30 September

2018
£m

47.4

100.5

(3.3)

(47.4)

97.2

2017
£m

27.6

20.7

(0.9)

-

47.4

In June 2018 the Company’s share premium amount of £47.4m was cancelled by special resolution, confirmed by the High Court of 
Justice in July 2018.

Treasury reserve
The treasury reserve represents the cost of shares in Future plc purchased in the market and held by the EBT to satisfy awards made 
by the trustees.  

At 1 October and 30 September   

Group 
2018
£m

(0.3)

Group 
2017
£m

(0.3)

The 111,818 (2017: 95,123) shares held by the EBT represent 0.1% (2017: 0.2%) of the Company’s issued share capital. The treasury reserve 
is non-distributable.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
 
 
103

Financial 
statements

23. Reserves (continued)

Merger reserve

At 1 October

Premium arising on equity shares issued as consideration

Costs of share issue

At 30 September

Group
2018
£m

122.5

2.4

-

124.9

Company
2018
£m

13.5

2.4

-

15.9

Group
2017
£m

109.0

13.6

(0.1)

122.5

Company
2017
£m

-

13.6

(0.1)

13.5

The comparative brought forward balance in the Group merger reserve of £109.0m arose following the 1999 Group reorganisation and 
is non-distributable. The movement in the current year relates to the premium on shares issued as consideration for the acquisitions 
of NewBay Media LLC in April 2018 and the Haymarket titles in May 2018. The movement in the merger reserve during the prior year 
relates to the premium on shares issued as consideration for the acquisition of Miura (Holdings) Limited in October 2016. 

24. Pensions

The Group operates a defined contribution scheme for employees resident in the United Kingdom.

In the US, the Group operates a section 401(K) profit sharing defined contribution plan in respect of pensions, which covers 
substantially all Future US employees. The section 401(K) plan allows employees to invest in 22 registered mutual funds at Charles 
Schwab Bank, the plan’s custodian. The employees, not the employer, have complete control over which funds they invest in, 
although they have no control over the stocks owned by the funds.

During the year, £1.0m (2017: £0.6m) contributions were made to these plans and at 30 September 2018 the outstanding balance due 
to be paid over to the plans was £0.4m (2017: £0.1m).

25. Commitments and contingent liabilities

(a) Operating lease commitments
At 30 September 2018, the Group had the following total future lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases:

Within one year 

Between one and five years

After five years

Total

Land and 
buildings
£m

3.7

8.3

5.1

17.1

Other
£m

-

-

-

-

Total
2018
£m

3.7

8.3

5.1

17.1

Land and 
buildings
£m

2.1

7.4

6.5

16.0

Other
£m

-

-

-

-

Total
2017
£m

2.1

7.4

6.5

16.0

Future minimum sub-lease receipts expected under non-cancellable subleases at 30 September 2018 total £2.1m (2017: £0.8m).

During the year, £2.1m (2017: £1.7m) was recognised in the income statement in respect of operating lease rental payments and £0.3m 
(2017: £0.2m) was recognised in respect of sub-lease receipts.

The Group leases various offices under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The leases have various terms, escalation clauses 
and renewal rights. The Group also leases other equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements.

(b) Contingent liabilities
There are no contingent liabilities expected to result in a material loss for the Group.

(c) Capital commitments
There were no material capital commitments as at 30 September 2018 (2017: £nil).

26. Related party transactions

The Group had no material transactions with related parties in 2018 or 2017 which might reasonably be expected to influence 
decisions made by users of these financial statements.

During the year, the Company had management charges payable of £0.9m (2017: £0.9m) to subsidiary undertakings. The outstanding 
balance owed at 30 September 2018 was £0.9m (2017: £0.9m). See note 20 for details of loans.

No individuals other than the Directors meet the definition of key management personnel. Details of key management personnel 
compensation are set out in the Directors Remuneration Report on page 54.

Future plc 
 
104

27. Acquisitions

Acquisition of NewBay Media LLC
On 3 April 2018 Future US inc. acquired 100% of the share capital of NewBay Media LLC (NewBay), the mainly US-based information 
and events business, for net consideration of £8.8m cash and £1.1m shares. 

The impact of the acquisition on the consolidated balance sheet was:

Intangible assets

- Publishing rights

- Brands

- Other intangibles

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration:

Equity shares

Cash

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value

2.5

2.0

0.9

4.6

            (6.7)

            (0.1)

            3.2

6.7

9.9

1.1

8.8

9.9

The goodwill is attributable to the synergies expected to arise in integrating the magazines into the wider Future group and through 
combining production and back office functions. The publishing rights, customer lists, events and brands will be amortised over a 
period of five years. US intangibles, including goodwill, are expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Gross trade receivables were £5.4m, of which £4.6m on acquisition were expected to be recovered.

The acquisition enhances the Group’s market-leading position in music and consumer electronics and in addition brings B2B titles 
in the complementary verticals of audio visual, television broadcasting and educational technology, which will further increase the 
Group’s revenue diversification model whilst also bringing B2B expertise to the Group’s existing titles.

Included within the Group’s results for the year are revenues of £13.7m and a loss before tax of £0.1m (excluding deal fees, associated 
integration costs and acquired intangible amortisation) from NewBay Media LLC.

If the acquisition has been completed on the first day of the financial year, it would have contributed £31.5m of revenue and profit 
before tax of £0.6m (excluding deal fees, associated integration costs and acquired intangible amortisation) during the year.

Acquisition of Haymarket titles 
On 1 May 2018 Future Holdings 2002 Limited completed the acquisition of the specialist consumer titles of What Hi-Fi?, FourFourTwo, 
Practical Caravan and Practical Motorhome from Haymarket Media Group for net consideration of £9.3m cash and £1.4m shares.

The impact of the acquisition on the consolidated balance sheet was:

Intangible assets

- Publishing rights

- Brands

- Websites

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration:

Equity shares

Cash

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value
£m

1.3

              0.2

              3.8

(0.9)

(0.9)

3.5

7.2

10.7

1.4

9.3

10.7

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements105

Financial 
statements

27. Acquisitions (continued) 

The goodwill is attributable to the synergies expected to arise in integrating the magazines and websites into the wider Future group. 
The goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes. The publishing rights, brands and websites will be amortised over a period of five 
years. The acquisition presents organic growth opportunities by leveraging and expanding brands and content through the Group’s 
platform.

Included within the Group’s results for the year are revenues of £3.5m and a profit before tax of £0.6m (excluding deal fees, associated 
integration costs and acquired intangible amortisation) from the Haymarket titles.

If the acquisition has been completed on the first day of the financial year, it would have contributed £8.9m of revenue and profit 
before tax of £2.0m (excluding deal fees, associated integration costs and acquired intangible amortisation) during the year.

Acquisition of Purch Group LLC
On 4 September 2018, Future US Inc. acquired 100% of the share capital of Purch Group LLC, a technology platform and publisher, for 
net consideration of £99.1m.

The impact of the acquisition on the consolidated balance sheet was: 

Intangible assets

- Customer lists

- Websites

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration:

Cash 

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value

10.0

62.5

11.2

(4.8)            

78.9            

20.2

99.1

99.1

99.1

The goodwill is attributable to the synergies expected to arise in integrating the websites and customer lists into the wider Future 
group. The websites and customer lists will both be amortised over a period of 10 years. Intangibles, including goodwill, are expected 
to be deductible for tax purposes.

Gross trade receivables were £11.7m, of which £11.2m on acquisition were expected to be recovered.

This acquisition substantially strengthens the Group’s presence in the US market, boosting its scale and momentum while further 
diversifying our revenue streams. Purch B2C’s leading brands also gives the Group market leadership in the highly attractive 
consumer technology market. In addition, its data driven content model is highly complementary to the Group’s existing capabilities 
and will accelerate the Group’s progress as it continues to build its global platform for specialist media.

Included within the Group’s results for the year are revenues of £3.8m and a profit before tax of £0.1m (excluding deal fees, associated 
integration costs and acquired intangible amortisation) from Purch Group LLC.

If the acquisition has been completed on the first day of the financial year, it would have contributed £47.5m of revenue and a profit 
before tax of £7.9m (excluding deal fees, associated integration costs and acquired intangible amortisation) during the year.

See note 4 for details of the total amount of acquisition and integration related costs recognised as exceptional items in respect of 
these acquisitions.

The fair values are described as ‘provisional’ for each of the acquisitions as they all occurred within six months of the balance sheet 
date and so further time is required (particularly in respect of Purch) in order to fully ascertain the fair value of assets and liabilities 
acquired. The Purch transaction is subject to a working capital adjustment. 

Future plc106

28. Subsidiary undertakings

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 30 September 2018 are set out below. All subsidiaries are included in the consolidation. Shares 
of those companies marked with an * are indirectly owned by Future plc through an intermediate holding company.

Company name and registered number

A&S Publishing Company Limited* 
01584580
Ascent Publishing Limited*
02561341
Centaur Consumer Exhibitions Limited* 
07276298
Future Holdings 2002 Limited
04387886
Future Publishing Limited*
02008885
Future Publishing (Overseas) Limited*
06202940
Future Publishing Holdings Limited
03430449
Future US, Inc*
1513070
Future Verlag GmbH*
HRB125675
FutureFolio Limited*
07956484
Next Commerce Philippines Inc*
CS201517783
Next Commerce Pty Ltd*
113 146 786
Pricepanda Group GmbH*
HRB138471B
Newbay Media UK Holdco Limited
04387886
Newbay Media Europe Limited*
03641099
Future New1 Limited*
10562453
Mobile Entertainment Limited*
05318803
CTW Media Limited*
04371784 
MCV Media UK Limited*
03537416
Active Junky Inc*
5341234
Purch Technologies Sarl*
84138050400016
Newbay Media LLC*
4208889
Purch Group LLC*
4560993
Sarracenia Limited
04582851

Country of 
incorporation and  
registered office

Nature of business

Holding %

Class of shares

England and Wales1

Non-trading

England and Wales1

Non-trading

England and Wales1

Non-trading

England and Wales1

Holding company

England and Wales1

England and Wales1

Publishing

Publishing

100

100

100

100

100

100

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

England and Wales1

Holding company

87.5

1 pence Ordinary shares

USA (State of California)2

Publishing

Germany3

Non-trading

England and Wales1 Digital publishing solutions

Philippines4

Dormant

Australia5

Comparison shopping 

Germany6

Dormant

England and Wales1

Holding Company

England and Wales1

Non-trading

England and Wales1

Non-trading

England and Wales1

In liquidation7

England and Wales1

In liquidation8

England and Wales1

In liquidation7

USA2

France

USA2

USA2

England and Wales1

Trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Trading

Dormant

100

87.5

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

 Not applicable

€1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

₱1 Ordinary shares

$1 Ordinary shares

€1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

£1 Ordinary shares

1 Registered office: Quay House, The Ambury, Bath, BA1 1UA, England

2 Registered office: 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036

3 Registered office: c/o Poruba GbR, Clemensstraße 32, 80803 Munich, Germany

4 Registered office: 2/F GC Corporate Plaza, 150 Legaspi Street, Legaspi Village, Makati, Manila, Philippines

5 Registered office: Suite 3, Level 10, 100 Walker Street, North Sydney, NSW 2060, Australia

6 Registered office: Charlottenstraße 4, 10969 Berlin, Germany

7 Company was dissolved on 24 October 2018

8 Company was dissolved on 26 October 2018

A&S Publishing Company Limited, Ascent Publishing Limited, Centaur Consumer Exhibitions Limited, Future Holdings 2002 Limited, 
Future Publishing Limited, FutureFolio Limited, NewBay Media UK Holdco Limited, NewBay Media Europe Limited and Future New1 
Limited are exempt from the requirement to file audited financial statements by virtue of Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006. 
Sarracenia Limited is exempt from the requirement to file audited financial statements by virtue of Section 480 of the Companies  
Act 2006.  

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
107

Notice of Annual 
General Meeting

This Notice of Meeting is important and requires your immediate attention.

If you are in any doubt as to what action you should take, you should consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, 
accountant or other independent adviser authorised under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. 

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your shares in Future plc, please forward this notice, together with the 
accompanying documents, as soon as possible either to the purchaser or transferee, or to the person who arranged 
the sale or transfer so that they can pass these documents to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the twentieth Annual General Meeting of Future plc will be held on 7 February 2019 at 
Future’s London office, 1-10 Praed Mews, London W2 1QY at 10:30am at which the following resolutions numbered 1 to 
14 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions, and resolutions numbered 15 to 17 will be proposed as special resolutions.  

Ordinary Business

Ordinary resolutions

1. 

2. 

To receive and adopt the audited 
financial statements of the Company 
for the financial year ended 30 
September 2018 and the reports of 
the Directors and the auditors (the 
“Annual Report”).

To approve the Directors’
remuneration implementation 
report as set out in pages 53 to 60 of 
the Annual Report of the Company 
for the financial year ended 30 
September 2018.

3.     To approve the amendments to the 

Remuneration policy for the three 
year period commencing on 1 
October 2016 as set out in pages 61 
to 64 of the Annual Report of the 
Company.

4.    To declare a final dividend upon the 

recommendation of the Directors for 
the year ended 30 September 2018 of 
0.5p per ordinary share payable on 15 
February 2019 to shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 18 
January 2019. 

LLP, Chartered Accountants and 
Registered Auditors, as auditors of 
the Company to hold office until 
the conclusion of the next General 
Meeting at which accounts are laid 
before the Company.

12.   To authorise the Directors to

determine the remuneration of the 
auditors of the Company.

13.   That, in substitution for any existing
authority, the Directors be and are 
hereby generally and unconditionally 
authorised in accordance with 
section 551 of the Companies Act 
2006 (the ‘Act’) to exercise all the 
powers of the Company to allot 
shares in the Company and to grant 
rights to subscribe for, or to convert 
any security into, shares in the 
Company: 

13.1  in connection with an offer by way 
of a rights issue (comprising equity 
securities as defined by section 
560 of the Act), up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £8,184,910 
(such amount to be reduced by the 
nominal amount of any relevant 
securities allotted under paragraph 
13.2 below):

5.     To elect as a Director Alan Newman.     

(a)  to holders of Ordinary shares in the 

6.     To elect as a Director Rob Hattrell.

7.     To re-elect as a Director Richard 

Huntingford.

capital of the Company in proportion 
(as nearly as may be practicable) to 
their respective holdings of Ordinary 
shares in the capital of the Company; 
and

8.  To re-elect as a Director Zillah 

(b)  to holders of any other equity

Byng-Thorne.

9. 

To re-elect as a Director Penny 
Ladkin-Brand.

10.    To re-elect as a Director Hugo

Drayton.

11.    To reappoint

PricewaterhouseCoopers

securities as required by the rights of 
those securities or as the Directors 
otherwise consider necessary, but 
subject to such exclusions or other 
arrangements as the Board may 
deem necessary or expedient in 
relation to treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal 
or practical problems in or under 
the laws of any territory, or the 

requirements of any regulatory body 
or stock exchange; and

13.2  in any other case, up to an aggregate 

nominal amount of £4,092,455 
(such amount to be reduced by 
the nominal amount of any equity 
securities allotted under paragraph 
13.1 above in excess of £4,092,455, 
at any time or times during the 
period beginning on the date of 
the passing of this resolution and 
ending following the conclusion of 
the Company’s next Annual General 
Meeting or, if earlier, on 6 May 2020 
(unless previously revoked or varied 
by the Company in General Meeting) 
save that the Company may before 
expiry of this authority make an 
offer or agreement which would or 
might require relevant securities 
to be allotted after its expiry and 
the Directors may allot relevant 
securities pursuant to such an offer 
or agreement as if the authority 
hereby conferred had not expired.

14.   To authorise the Company, and all 

companies that are its subsidiaries, 
at any time during the period for 
which this resolution has effect for 
the purposes of Section 366 of the 
Act to:

(a)   make political donations to political 
parties and/or independent election 
candidates not exceeding £50,000 
in total;

(b)   make political donations to political 

organisations other than political 
parties not exceeding £50,000 in 
total; and

(c)    incur political expenditure not
exceeding £50,000 in total,

during the period beginning with 
the date of the passing of this 
resolution and ending following the 
conclusion of the Company’s next 

Future plc 
108

Annual General Meeting or, if earlier, 
on 6 May 2020.

Special resolutions

may allot equity securities (and sell 
treasury shares) under any such offer 
or agreement as if the authority had 
not expired. 

15.   That, if resolution 13 is passed, the 

16.  That, if resolution 13 is passed, 

Directors be authorised to allot 
equity securities (as defined in 
section 560 of the Act) for cash 
under the authority given by that 
resolution (in accordance with 
section 570(1) of the Act) and/or 
to sell Ordinary shares held by the 
Company as treasury shares (in 
accordance with section 573 of the 
Act) for cash as if section 561(1) of 
the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment or sale, such authority to 
be limited to:  

the Board be authorised in addition 
to any authority granted under 
resolution 15 to allot equity securities 
(as defined in section 560 of the Act) 
for cash under the authority given 
by that resolution (in accordance 
with section 570(1) of the Act) and/
or to sell Ordinary shares held by 
the Company as treasury shares (in 
accordance with section 573 of the 
Act) for cash as if section 561(1) of 
the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment or sale, such authority to 
be: 

(a)   the allotment of equity securities in 
connection with an offer of, or 
invitation to apply for, equity 
securities (but in the case of the 
authority granted under paragraph 
13.1 of resolution 13, by way of a rights 
issue only):

a)  

limited to the allotment of equity 
securities or sale of treasury shares 
up to a nominal amount of £613,868; 
and

b)   used only for the purposes of 

(i) 

in favour of holders of Ordinary 
shares in the capital of the 
Company, where the equity 
securities respectively attributable 
to the interests of all such holders 
are proportionate (as nearly as 
practicable) to the respective 
number of Ordinary shares in the 
capital of the Company held by 
them; and

(ii)    to holders of any other equity 

securities as required by the rights of 
those securities or as the Directors 
otherwise consider necessary,
but subject to such exclusions or 
other arrangements as the Directors 
may deem necessary or expedient to 
deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements or legal, regulatory or 
practical problems arising under the 
laws or requirements of any overseas 
territory or by virtue of shares 
being represented by depository 
receipts or the requirements of any 
regulatory body or stock exchange 
or any other matter whatsoever; and

(b)    the allotment, otherwise than
pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) 
above, of equity securities up to an 
aggregate nominal value equal to 
£613,868, 

such authority to expire at the end of 
the next AGM of the Company or, if 
earlier, at the close of business on 6 
May 2020 (unless previously revoked 
or varied by the Company in General 
Meeting) but, in each case, prior to 
its expiry the Company may make 
offers, and enter into agreements, 
which would, or might, require 
equity securities to be allotted (and 
treasury shares to be sold) after the 
authority expires and the Board 

financing (or refinancing, if the 
authority is to be used within 
six months after the original 
transaction) a transaction which the 
Board of the Company determines 
to be an acquisition or other capital 
investment of a kind contemplated 
by the Statement of Principles on 
Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights 
most recently published by the Pre-
Emption Group prior to the date of 
this notice, 

such authority to expire at the end 
of the next AGM of the Company or, 
if earlier, at the close of business on 
6 May 2020 but, in each case, prior 
to its expiry the Company may make 
offers, and enter into agreements, 
which would, or might, require 
equity securities to be allotted (and 
treasury shares to be sold) after the 
authority expires and the Board 
may allot equity securities (and sell 
treasury shares) under any such offer 
or agreement as if the authority had 
not expired.

17.  That a general meeting, other than 
an Annual General Meeting, may be 
called on not less than 14 clear days’ 
notice.

On behalf of the Board

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary
12 December 2018

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
109

Notice of 
Annual 
General 
Meeting

Notes

Further information about the AGM

1. 

 Information regarding the meeting, 
including the information required 
by section 311A of the Act, is available 
from: www.futureplc.com/invest-in-
future

Attendance at the AGM

2.  

 If you wish to attend the meeting in 
person, please bring the attendance 
card attached to your form of proxy 
and arrive at Future’s London office, 
1-10 Praed Mews, London W2 1QY, 
in sufficient time for registration. 
Appointment of a proxy does not 
preclude a member from attending 
the meeting and voting in person. If 
a member has appointed a proxy and 
attends the meeting in person, the 
proxy appointment will automatically 
be terminated.

Appointment of proxies

3.  

 Any member entitled to attend and 
vote at the meeting may appoint 
one or more proxies to attend, speak 
and vote in their place. A member 
may appoint more than one proxy 
provided that each proxy is appointed 
to exercise the rights attached to 
a different share or shares held by 
that shareholder. If you appoint 
multiple proxies for a number of 
shares in excess of your holding, the 
proxy appointments may be treated 
as invalid. A proxy need not be a 
member of the Company. A proxy 
card is enclosed. To be effective, 
proxy cards should be completed in 
accordance with these notes and the 
notes to the proxy form, signed and 
returned so as to be received by the 
Company’s Registrars: 

Computershare Investor Services 
PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS99 6ZY 

not later than 10:30am on Tuesday 
5 February 2019 being two business 
days before the time appointed for 
the holding of the meeting. If you 
submit more than one valid proxy 
appointment, the appointment 
received last before the latest time 
for the receipt of proxies will take 
precedence.

Electronic appointment of proxies

4.    As an alternative to completing 
the printed proxy form, you may 
appoint a proxy electronically by 
visiting the following website: www.
investorcentre.co.uk/eproxy. 
You will be asked to enter the Control 
Number, the Shareholder Reference 
Number (SRN) and PIN as printed 

on your proxy form and to agree to 
certain terms and conditions. To be 
effective, electronic appointments 
must have been received by the 
Company’s Registrars not later than 
10:30am on Tuesday 5 February 2019.

Number of shares in issue

5.  

 As at the close of business on 12 
December 2018 (being the last 
business day prior to the publication 
of this notice) the Company’s issued 
share capital consisted of 81,849,101 
Ordinary shares of 15 pence each. Each 
Ordinary share carries one vote. There 
are no shares held in treasury. The 
total number of voting rights in the 
Company is therefore 81,849,101.

Documents available for inspection

6.    Printed copies of the service contracts 
of the Company’s Directors and the 
letters of appointment for the Non-
Executive Directors will be available 
for inspection during usual business 
hours on any weekday (Saturdays, 
Sundays and public holidays 
excluded) at the Company’s London 
office at

1-10 Praed Mews, 
London, 

  W2 1QY

and at the Company’s registered
office at 

  Quay House, 
The Ambury, 
Bath, 
BA1 1UA

including on the day of the meeting
from 10:15am until its completion.

Eligible shareholders

7.  

 The Company, pursuant to Regulation 
41 of The Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001, specifies that only 
those members on the register of 
the Company as at 6pm on Tuesday  
5 February 2019 or, if this meeting is 
adjourned, in the register of members 
48 hours before the time of any 
adjourned meeting, shall be entitled 
to attend and vote at the meeting 
in respect of the number of shares 
registered in their name at that time. 
Changes to entries on the Register 
after 6pm on Tuesday 5 February 2019 
or, if this meeting is adjourned, in the 
register of members 48 hours before 
the time of any adjourned meeting, 
shall be disregarded in determining 
the rights of any person to attend or 
vote at the meeting.

Indirect investors

8.    Any person to whom this notice is 
sent who is a person that has been 
nominated under section 146 of the 
Act to enjoy information rights (a 
‘Nominated Person’) does not have 
a right to appoint a proxy. However, 
a Nominated Person may, under 
an agreement with the registered 
shareholder by whom they were 
nominated (a ‘Relevant Member’), 
have a right to be appointed (or to 
have someone else appointed) as a 
proxy for the meeting. Alternatively, 
if a Nominated Person does not 
have such a right, or does not wish 
to exercise it, they may have a right 
under any such agreement to give 
instructions to the Relevant Member 
as to the exercise of voting rights. 

A Nominated Person’s main point of 
contact in terms of their investment 
in the Company remains the Relevant 
Member (or, perhaps, the Nominated 
Person’s custodian or broker) and 
the Nominated Person should 
continue to contact them (and not 
the Company) regarding any changes 
or queries relating to the Nominated 
Person’s personal details and their 
interest in the Company (including 
any administrative matters). The 
only exception to this is where 
the Company expressly requests 
a response from the Nominated 
Person.

Appointment of proxies  
through CREST

9.  

 CREST members who wish to appoint 
a proxy or proxies through the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service 
may do so for the meeting and any 
adjournment(s) thereof by using the 
procedures described in the CREST 
Manual. CREST personal members 
or other CREST sponsored members, 
and those CREST members who have 
appointed a voting service provider(s), 
should refer to their CREST sponsor or 
voting service provider(s), who will be 
able to take the appropriate action on 
their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or 
instruction made using the CREST 
service to be valid, the appropriate 
CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy 
Instruction’) must be properly 
authenticated in accordance with 
Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s 
specifications and must contain 
the information required for such 
instructions, as described in the 
CREST Manual. The message, 
regardless of whether it constitutes 
the appointment of a proxy or an 
amendment to the instruction given 
to a previously appointed proxy must, 
in order to be valid, be transmitted so 

Future plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110

as to be received by the issuer’s agent 
(ID 3RA50) by 10:30am on Tuesday 
5 February 2019 or, if the meeting is 
adjourned, not less than 48 hours 
before the time fixed for the adjourned 
meeting. For this purpose, the time 
of receipt will be taken to be the time 
(as determined by the timestamp 
applied to the message by the CREST 
Applications Host) from which the 
issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the 
message by enquiry to CREST in the 
manner prescribed by CREST. After 
this time any change of instructions 
to proxies appointed through CREST 
should be communicated to the 
appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where 
applicable, their CREST sponsors or 
voting service providers should note 
that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited 
does not make available special 
procedures in CREST for any particular 
messages. Normal system timings 
and limitations will therefore apply in 
relation to the input of CREST Proxy 
Instructions. It is the responsibility 
of the CREST member concerned to 
take (or, if the CREST member is a 
CREST personal member or sponsored 
member or has appointed a voting 
service provider(s), to procure that 
his CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s) take(s)) such action as 
shall be necessary to ensure that a 
message is transmitted by means of 
the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST 
members and, where applicable, their 
CREST sponsors or voting service 
providers are referred, in particular, to 
those sections of the CREST Manual 
concerning practical limitations of the 
CREST system and timings.

The Company may treat as invalid 
a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances set out in Regulation 
35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001.

Amending a proxy

10.    To change a proxy instruction, a 
member needs to submit a new 
proxy appointment using the 
methods set out above. Note that 
the deadlines for receipt of proxy 
appointments (see above) also apply 
in relation to amended instructions; 
any amended proxy appointment 
received after the relevant deadline 
will be disregarded. Where a member 
has appointed a proxy using the 
paper proxy form and would like 
to change the instructions using 
another such form, that member 
should contact the Registrars on +44 
(0)370 707 1443. 

 If more than one valid proxy 
appointment is submitted, the 

appointment received last before the 
deadline for the receipt of proxies will 
take precedence.

(b)   the answer has already been given on 
a website in the form of an answer to 
a question; or

Revoking a proxy

11.    In order to revoke a proxy instruction, 

a signed letter clearly stating a 
member’s intention to revoke a proxy 
appointment must be sent by post or 
by hand to the Company’s Registrars:

Computershare Investor Services PLC,  
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road,  
Bristol BS99 6ZY. 

Note that the deadlines for receipt of 
proxy appointments (see above) also 
apply in relation to revocations; any 
revocation received after the relevant 
deadline will be disregarded.

Corporate members

12.   In the case of a member which 

is a company, any proxy form, 
amendment or revocation must be 
executed under its common seal or 
signed on its behalf by an officer of 
the company or an attorney for the 
company. Any power of attorney 
or any other authority under which 
the documents are signed (or a 
duly certified copy of such power 
of authority) must be included. A 
corporate member can appoint one 
or more corporate representatives 
who may exercise, on its behalf, all 
its powers as a member provided 
that no more than one corporate 
representative exercises powers 
over the same share. Members 
considering the appointment of a 
corporate representative should 
check their own legal position, the 
company’s articles of association 
and the relevant provision of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Joint holders

13.  Where more than one of the joint 

holders purports to vote or appoint a 
proxy, only the vote or appointment 
submitted by the member whose 
name appears first on the register will 
be accepted.

Questions at the AGM

14.   Under section 319A of the Act, the 

Company must answer any question 
you ask relating to the business being 
dealt with at the meeting unless:

(a)   answering the question would 

interfere unduly with the preparation 
for the meeting or involve the 
disclosure of confidential information;

(c)    it is undesirable in the interests of 
the Company or the good order of 
the meeting that the question be 
answered.

Members’ right to require 
circulation of a resolution to be 
proposed at the AGM

15.   Under section 338 of the Act, a 

member or members meeting the 
qualification criteria set out at note 18 
on page 111, may, subject to conditions 
set out at note 19, require the 
Company to give to members notice 
of a resolution which may properly be 
moved and is intended to be moved at 
that meeting.

 Members’ right to have a matter of 
business dealt with at the AGM

16.    Under section 338A of the Act, a 

member or members meeting 
the qualification criteria set out at 
note 18 on page 111, may, subject to 
the conditions set out at note 19, 
require the Company to include in 
the business to be dealt with at the 
AGM a matter (other than a proposed 
resolution) which may properly be 
included in the business (a matter of 
business).

Website publication of any  
audit concerns

17.    Pursuant to Chapter 5 of Part 16 of the 
Act, where requested by a member or 
members meeting the qualification 
criteria set out at note 18 on page 111, 
the Company must publish on its 
website a statement setting out any 
matter that such members propose to 
raise at the AGM relating to the audit 
of the Company’s accounts (including 
the auditors’ report and the conduct 
of the audit) that are to be laid before 
the AGM.

 Where the Company is required 
to publish such a statement on its 
website:

(a)    it may not require the members 

making the request to pay any 
expenses incurred by the Company in 
complying with the request;

(b)   it must forward the statement to the 
Company’s auditors no later than the 
time the statement is made available 
on the Company’s website; and

(c)    the statement may be dealt with as 
part of the business of the AGM.

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
111

Notice of  
Annual 
General 
Meeting

The request:

(d)   in the case of a request made in hard 
copy form, such request must be:

(d)   may be in hard copy form or in 
electronic form and must be 
authenticated by the person or 
persons making it (see note 19(d) and 
(e) below);

(i)    signed by you and state your full 

name and address; and

(ii)   sent either: by post to 

(e)   should either set out the statement 

in full or, if supporting a statement 
sent by another member, clearly 
identify the statement which is being 
supported; and

Company Secretary, 
Future plc, 
  Quay House, 
The Ambury, 
Bath BA1 1UA; 

(f)    must be received by the Company at 

or by fax to +44(0)1225 732266

least one week before the AGM.

Members’ qualification criteria

 marked for the attention of the 
Company Secretary; and

(e)    in the case of a request made in 

18.   In order to be able to exercise the 

electronic form, such request must:

(i)    state your full name and address; and

(ii)    be sent to cosec@futurenet.com. 

 Please state ‘AGM’ in the subject line of 
the email. You may not use this electronic 
address to communicate with the 
Company for any other purpose.

members’ rights set out in notes 15 to 
17 above the relevant request must be 
made by:

(a)    a member or members having a right 
to vote at the AGM and holding at 
least 5% of total voting rights of the 
Company; or

(b)   at least 100 members having a right 

to vote at the AGM and holding, on 
average, at least £100 of paid up share 
capital.

Conditions

19.  The conditions are that:

(a)    any resolution must not, if passed, 

be ineffective (whether by reason of 
inconsistency with any enactment 
or the Company’s constitution or 
otherwise);

(b)   the resolution or matter of business 
must not be defamatory of any 
person, frivolous or vexatious;

(c)   the request:

(i)    may be in hard copy form or in  

electronic form;

(ii)    must identify the resolution or the 
matter of business of which notice 
is to be given by either setting it out 
in full or, if supporting a resolution/
matter of business sent by another 
member, clearly identifying the 
resolution/matter of business which is 
being supported;

(iii)   in the case of a resolution, must be 

accompanied by a statement setting 
out the grounds for the request;

(iv)   must be authenticated by the person 

or persons making it; and

(v)    must be received by the Company not 
later than six weeks before the date of 
the AGM;

Future plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

Investor information
For enquiries of a general nature regarding the Company and 
for investor relations enquiries please contact Penny Ladkin-
Brand at the Company’s Registered Office, or visit  
www.futureplc.com and select the investor relations section.

Registrar and transfer office

The Company’s share register is maintained by:

Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol  BS13 8AE
Tel: +44 (0)370 707 1443

Shareholders should contact the Registrar, Computershare, in connection with 
changes of address, lost share certificates, transfers of shares and bank mandate 
forms to enable automated payment of dividends.

Online information – www.investorcentre.co.uk

Our Registrar, Computershare, has a service to provide shareholders with online internet 
access to details of their shareholdings. 

The service is free, secure and easy to use.  
To register for the service, go to www.investorcentre.co.uk

Unsolicited mail

The share register is by law a public document. To limit the receipt of mail from other 
organisations, please register with the Mailing Preference Service, by visiting 
www.mpsonline.org.uk/mpsr/

Warning to shareholders – ‘boiler room’ scams

In recent years, many companies have become aware that their shareholders have 
received unsolicited phone calls or correspondence concerning investment matters. 
These are typically from overseas-based ‘brokers’ who target UK shareholders, offering 
to sell them what often turn out to be worthless or high-risk shares in US or UK 
investments. These operations are commonly known as ‘boiler rooms’. These ‘brokers’ 
can be very persistent and extremely persuasive.

It is not just the novice investor that has been duped in this way; many of the victims had 
been successfully investing for several years. Shareholders are advised to be very wary of 
any unsolicited advice, offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of free company reports. If 
you receive any unsolicited investment advice:

• 

 Make sure you get the correct name of the person and organisation

• 

• 

 Check that they are properly authorised by the FCA before getting involved by 
visiting www.fca.org.uk/register

 Report the matter to the FCA either by calling 0800 111 6768 or by completing the 
fraud reporting form on the FCA website at: www.fca.org.uk/consumers/scams/
investment-scams/share-fraud-and-boiler-room-scams/reporting-form

• 

If the calls persist, hang up.

If you deal with an unauthorised firm, you will not be eligible to receive payment under 
the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. 

Details of any share dealing facilities that the Company endorses will be included in 
company mailings.

More detailed information on this or similar activity can be found at  
www.moneyadviceservice.org.uk

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Financial statements 
113

Directors and advisers

Directors

Advisers

Richard Huntingford
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 

Zillah Byng-Thorne
Chief Executive

Penny Ladkin-Brand
Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary

Hugo Drayton
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Alan Newman
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Rob Hattrell
Independent Non-Executive Director

Offices

Registered office
Future plc
Quay House
The Ambury
Bath BA1 1UA
Tel +44 (0)1225 442244

London office
1-10 Praed Mews
London  W2 1QY
Tel +44 (0)20 7042 4000

www.futureplc.com

Company registration number 3757874
Registered in England and Wales

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered accountants and statutory auditors
2 Glass Wharf
Bristol BS2 0FR 

Brokers
Numis Securities Ltd
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

N+1 Singer
1 Bartholomew Lane
London EC2N 2AX

Principal bankers
HSBC Bank plc
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ

Solicitors
Simmons and Simmons LLP
1 Linear Park
Avon Street
Temple Quay
Bristol BS2 OPS

Registrar 
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol  BS13 8AE 

Financial calendar

Announcement of  
annual results 
23 November 2018

Annual General Meeting
7 February 2019

Half-year end
31 March 2019

Announcement of  
interim results
May 2019

Financial year-end
30 September 2019

Future plc 
 
Annual Report and Accounts 2018

114114

Contacts 

Future plc and  
Future Publishing Ltd
Registered office
Quay House
The Ambury
Bath BA1 1UA

Tel +44 (0)1225 442244

Future US, Inc.
15th Floor, 
11 W 42nd Street, 
New York, NY 10036
USA

Tel +1 212 378 0448

www.futureplc.com

London office
1-10 Praed Mews
London  W2 1QY

Tel +44 (0)20 7042 4000

Future Publishing 
(Overseas) Ltd
Suite 3, Level 10
100 Walker Street
North Sydney
NSW 2060
Australia

Tel +61 2 9955 2677

Annual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic report